kpriv/pkgsrc
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
pkgsrc/mk/bsd.pkg.mk

2079 lines
65 KiB
Makefile
Raw Normal View History

Split out the "work" symlink creation into a separate step and add it as a source for the "makedirs" target. This ensures the symlink is created regardless of whether ${WRKDIR} already exists or not.
2006-06-11 04:14:45 +02:00
# $NetBSD: bsd.pkg.mk,v 1.1850 2006/06/11 02:14:45 jlam Exp $
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# This file is in the public domain.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
move documentation to packages.7. also, remove ts=4 crap.
1998-06-05 14:45:53 +02:00
# This file is derived from bsd.port.mk - 940820 Jordan K. Hubbard.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
# Please see the pkgsrc/doc/guide manual for details on the
# variables used in this make file template.
#
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Default sequence for "all" is: fetch checksum extract patch configure build
#
# Please read the comments in the targets section below, you
# should be able to use the pre-* or post-* targets/scripts
# (which are available for every stage except checksum) or
# override the do-* targets to do pretty much anything you want.
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
############################################################################
# Include any preferences, if not already included, and common definitions
############################################################################
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
.include "../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk"
Move some variable definitions out of bsd.prefs.mk and back into bsd.pkg.mk. They didn't actually need to be defined in bsd.prefs.mk, just somewhere before the "main" bsd.<phase>.mk files were included. This moves some conditional (?=) definitions back into bsd.pkg.mk so they won't conflict with any conditional definitions in package Makefiles. This should fix the "checksum" problems in lang/php-gd as noted here: http://mail-index.netbsd.org/pkgsrc-users/2006/06/05/0012.html where EXTRACT_SUFX had the wrong value due to the order in while *.mk files were included.
2006-06-06 17:28:51 +02:00
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/flavor/bsd.flavor-vars.mk"
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/check/bsd.check-vars.mk"
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/depends/bsd.depends-vars.mk"
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/fetch/bsd.fetch-vars.mk"
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/extract/bsd.extract-vars.mk"
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/patch/bsd.patch-vars.mk"
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/install/bsd.install-vars.mk"
Introduce the capability to gather all the warnings and errors that are generated for a target and output them all at once at the conclusion of the target's invocation. The implementation is in bsd.pkg.error.mk, which defines a macro target "error-check" that will print out any non-empty warning and error files in ${WARNING_DIR} and ${ERROR_DIR} and exit appropriately if there were errors. Convert some targets that were just long sequences of ${ERROR_MSG} or ${WARNING_MSG} within a single shell statement to use the new delayed error output via error-check. Modify the compiler "fail" wrappers for C++ and Fortran to be less verbose during invocation. Instead collect the warnings and only print them at the end of the completed phase, e.g. after "configure" and/or "build" completes.
2006-06-09 15:59:06 +02:00
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/bsd.pkg.error.mk"
Move some variable definitions out of bsd.prefs.mk and back into bsd.pkg.mk. They didn't actually need to be defined in bsd.prefs.mk, just somewhere before the "main" bsd.<phase>.mk files were included. This moves some conditional (?=) definitions back into bsd.pkg.mk so they won't conflict with any conditional definitions in package Makefiles. This should fix the "checksum" problems in lang/php-gd as noted here: http://mail-index.netbsd.org/pkgsrc-users/2006/06/05/0012.html where EXTRACT_SUFX had the wrong value due to the order in while *.mk files were included.
2006-06-06 17:28:51 +02:00
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
.include "../../mk/bsd.hacks.mk"
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
# This has to come first to avoid showing all BUILD_DEFS added by this
# Makefile, which are usually not customizable.
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
.PHONY: build-defs-message
pre-depends-hook: build-defs-message
oops.. reversed a test
2004-08-05 01:29:50 +02:00
.if empty(PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS:M[yY][eE][sS])
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
build-defs-message:
.elif !target(build-defs-message)
Modify the build-defs-message target so that it is only printed once, in the pre-fetch stage. Do this by creating a cookie file inside the WRKDIR. Also let the user override the target from mk.conf to disable these messages. This fixes PR pkg/22305 by Robert Elz.
2003-07-30 17:04:21 +02:00
build-defs-message: ${WRKDIR}
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
. if defined(BUILD_DEFS) && !empty(BUILD_DEFS)
. if !exists(${WRKDIR}/.bdm_done)
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
@${ECHO} "=========================================================================="
@${ECHO} "The following variables will affect the build process of this package,"
@${ECHO} "${PKGNAME}. Their current value is shown below:"
@${ECHO} ""
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
. for var in ${BUILD_DEFS:O}
. if !defined(${var})
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
@${ECHO} " * ${var} (not defined)"
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
. elif defined(${var}) && empty(${var})
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
@${ECHO} " * ${var} (defined)"
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
. else
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
@${ECHO} " * ${var} = ${${var}}"
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
. endif
. endfor
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
@${ECHO} ""
wrap a long line in BUILD_DEFS output, tweak the message slightly.
2004-03-27 09:06:24 +01:00
@${ECHO} "You may want to abort the process now with CTRL-C and change their value"
@${ECHO} "before continuing. Be sure to run \`${MAKE} clean' after"
@${ECHO} "the changes."
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
@${ECHO} "=========================================================================="
Modify the build-defs-message target so that it is only printed once, in the pre-fetch stage. Do this by creating a cookie file inside the WRKDIR. Also let the user override the target from mk.conf to disable these messages. This fixes PR pkg/22305 by Robert Elz.
2003-07-30 17:04:21 +02:00
@${TOUCH} ${WRKDIR}/.bdm_done
Re-model the BUILD_DEFS display during build: if PKGSRC_SHOW_BUILD_DEFS is defined, then show the BUILD_DEFS to the user. If not, then just keep quiet. Whilst I'm here, re-indent the cpp-like .if/.else/.endif/.for/.endfor lines properly. Also, remove the ":u" modifier in the build-defs-message code - it's not strictly necessary (duplicate definitions will be displayed, but this isn't a major problem), and it removes the requirement to have a make(1) binary which supports ":u". This should fix PR 22402 from Alan Barrett, and also addresses some concerns raised by Robert Elz.
2003-08-08 10:43:37 +02:00
. endif
. endif
Add the build-defs-message target, which shows a list of all variables that can be customized for the package beeing built. This list is extracted from the contents of BUILD_DEFS, and the message is not shown if it's empty. Each variable is printed together with its actual value. The new target is called in the pre-fetch stage, so it's shown early to the user.
2003-07-28 20:15:56 +02:00
.endif
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
############################################################################
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
# Transform package Makefile variables and set defaults
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
############################################################################
Fail-safe check for circular dependencies.
2003-10-02 16:41:42 +02:00
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
MKCRYPTO?= YES # build crypto packages by default
##### Variant spellings
.if defined(LICENCE) && !defined(LICENSE)
LICENSE= ${LICENCE}
.endif
.if defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES) && !defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES)
ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES= ${ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES}
.endif
##### PKGBASE, PKGNAME[_NOREV], PKGVERSION
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
Oops; use ?= for PKGBASE and PKGVERSION, so pkgs can derive their PKGNAMEs from them.
2000-06-03 21:03:20 +02:00
PKGBASE?= ${PKGNAME:C/-[^-]*$//}
PKGVERSION?= ${PKGNAME:C/^.*-//}
Move definition of PKGNAME and PKGNAME_NOREV higher in the file since their expanded values are used somewhere in the middle.
2004-09-15 17:26:10 +02:00
.if defined(PKGREVISION) && !empty(PKGREVISION) && (${PKGREVISION} != "0")
. if defined(PKGNAME)
PKGNAME_NOREV:= ${PKGNAME}
PKGNAME:= ${PKGNAME}nb${PKGREVISION}
. else
PKGNAME?= ${DISTNAME}nb${PKGREVISION}
PKGNAME_NOREV= ${DISTNAME}
. endif
.else
PKGNAME?= ${DISTNAME}
PKGNAME_NOREV= ${PKGNAME}
.endif
Add PKGPATH, PKGBASE, PKGVERSION and PKGWILDCARD make(1) variables, so that the substitution hacks are all done in one place. Protect a few things with double quotes just to be safe. Fix `readme' target that was left broken in last commit.
2000-06-03 20:51:34 +02:00
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
##### Others
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
BUILD_DEPENDS?= # empty
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
BUILD_TARGET?= all
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
COMMENT?= (no description)
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
CONFIGURE_DIRS?= ${WRKSRC}
CONFIGURE_SCRIPT?= ./configure
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
DEPENDS?= # empty
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
DESCR_SRC?= ${PKGDIR}/DESCR
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
DIGEST_ALGORITHMS?= SHA1 RMD160
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
DISTINFO_FILE?= ${PKGDIR}/distinfo
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
INTERACTIVE_STAGE?= none
Point MAINTAINER to pkgsrc-users@NetBSD.org in the case where no developer is officially maintaining the package. The rationale for changing this from "tech-pkg" to "pkgsrc-users" is that it implies that any user can try to maintain the package (by submitting patches to the mailing list). Since the folks most likely to care about the package are the folks that want to use it or are already using it, this would leverage the energy of users who aren't developers.
2006-03-04 22:28:51 +01:00
MAINTAINER?= pkgsrc-users@NetBSD.org
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
MAKE_FLAGS?= # empty
MAKEFILE?= Makefile
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM?=SHA1
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
PKGWILDCARD?= ${PKGBASE}-[0-9]*
SVR4_PKGNAME?= ${PKGNAME}
USE_DIGEST?= YES
WRKSRC?= ${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}
Fix a gleaming illustration of why using YES/NO variables everywhere possible, just for the sake of doing so, is not a good thing to do: The platform files define _STRIPFLAG_* to determine whether to strip things. But since this is included in bsd.prefs.mk, ".if ..." checks cannot take things set in the Makefile into account. So convert INSTALL_UNSTRIPPED=YES to a defined/undefined variable check in bsd.pkg.mk, and use the :D:U idiom in the _STRIPFLAG_* variables. This should fix PR pkg/28772 and PR pkg/29031.
2005-03-18 19:16:34 +01:00
.if (defined(INSTALL_UNSTRIPPED) && !empty(INSTALL_UNSTRIPPED:M[yY][eE][sS])) || defined(DEBUG_FLAGS)
_INSTALL_UNSTRIPPED= # set (flag used by platform/*.mk)
.endif
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
##### Non-overridable constants
# Latest versions of tools required for correct pkgsrc operation.
DIGEST_REQD= 20010302
Use new automatic flag; depend on appropriate pkg_install version.
2005-11-05 14:31:43 +01:00
PKGTOOLS_REQD= ${_OPSYS_PKGTOOLS_REQD:U20051103}
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
##### Transform USE_* into dependencies
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.use.mk"
Consolidate PLIST_SRC default generation and the plethora of failsafe error checks into labelled blocks toward the top of the file. While here, remove the historic (now completely empty; it was replaced by PKG_FAIL_REASON some time ago) uptodate-pkgtools target and the references to it.
2005-02-11 17:57:45 +01:00
############################################################################
# Sanity checks
############################################################################
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
# Fail-safe in the case of circular dependencies
.if defined(_PKGSRC_DEPS) && defined(PKGNAME) && !empty(_PKGSRC_DEPS:M${PKGNAME})
Whitespace formatting nits.
2005-02-11 18:00:07 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "Circular dependency detected"
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
.endif
Consolidate PLIST_SRC default generation and the plethora of failsafe error checks into labelled blocks toward the top of the file. While here, remove the historic (now completely empty; it was replaced by PKG_FAIL_REASON some time ago) uptodate-pkgtools target and the references to it.
2005-02-11 17:57:45 +01:00
# PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE can only be one of two values: "pkgviews" or
# "overwrite".
.if (${PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE} != "pkgviews") && \
(${PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE} != "overwrite")
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE must be \`\`pkgviews'' or \`\`overwrite''."
.endif
.if empty(PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPES:M${PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE})
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "This package doesn't support PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE=${PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE}."
.endif
# Check that we are using up-to-date pkg_* tools with this file.
.if !defined(NO_PKGTOOLS_REQD_CHECK)
. if ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION} < ${PKGTOOLS_REQD}
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='Error: The package tools installed on this system are out of date.'
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='The installed package tools are dated ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION:C|(....)(..)(..)|\1/\2/\3|} and you must update'
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='them to at least ${PKGTOOLS_REQD:C|(....)(..)(..)|\1/\2/\3|} using the following command:'
PKG_FAIL_REASON+=''
Added subshell parentheses around the command for updating pkg_install. This allows for copy&paste.
2005-11-20 09:07:30 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+=' (cd ${PKGSRCDIR}/pkgtools/pkg_install && ${MAKE} clean && ${MAKE} update)'
Consolidate PLIST_SRC default generation and the plethora of failsafe error checks into labelled blocks toward the top of the file. While here, remove the historic (now completely empty; it was replaced by PKG_FAIL_REASON some time ago) uptodate-pkgtools target and the references to it.
2005-02-11 17:57:45 +01:00
. endif
.endif # !NO_PKGTOOLS_REQD_CHECK
.if defined(ALL_TARGET)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='ALL_TARGET is deprecated and must be replaced with BUILD_TARGET.'
.endif
.if defined(NO_WRKSUBDIR)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='NO_WRKSUBDIR has been deprecated - please replace it with an explicit'
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='assignment of WRKSRC= $${WRKDIR}'
.endif # NO_WRKSUBDIR
# We need to make sure the buildlink-x11 package is not installed since it
# breaks builds that use imake.
.if defined(USE_IMAKE)
. if exists(${LOCALBASE}/lib/X11/config/buildlinkX11.def) || \
exists(${X11BASE}/lib/X11/config/buildlinkX11.def)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} uses imake, but the buildlink-x11 package was found." \
" Please deinstall it (pkg_delete buildlink-x11)."
. endif
.endif # USE_IMAKE
.if !defined(CATEGORIES) || !defined(DISTNAME)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='CATEGORIES and DISTNAME are mandatory.'
.endif
.if defined(LIB_DEPENDS)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='LIB_DEPENDS is deprecated and must be replaced with DEPENDS.'
.endif
.if defined(PKG_PATH)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='Please unset PKG_PATH before doing pkgsrc work!'
.endif
.if defined(MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='MASTER_SITE_SUBDIR is deprecated and must be replaced with MASTER_SITES.'
.endif
.if defined(PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='PATCH_SITE_SUBDIR is deprecated and must be replaced with PATCH_SITES.'
.endif
.if defined(ONLY_FOR_ARCHS) || defined(NOT_FOR_ARCHS) \
|| defined(ONLY_FOR_OPSYS) || defined(NOT_FOR_OPSYS)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+='ONLY/NOT_FOR_ARCHS/OPSYS are deprecated and must be replaced with ONLY/NOT_FOR_PLATFORM.'
.endif
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
# Allow variables to be set on a per-OS basis
OPSYSVARS+= CFLAGS CXXFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS
.for _var_ in ${OPSYSVARS:O}
. if defined(${_var_}.${OPSYS})
${_var_}+= ${${_var_}.${OPSYS}}
. elif defined(${_var_}.*)
${_var_}+= ${${_var_}.*}
. endif
.endfor
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
CPPFLAGS+= ${CPP_PRECOMP_FLAGS}
Removed trailing white-space.
2005-11-14 05:41:17 +01:00
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= CC=${CC:Q}
In make variables, quotes protect embedded whitespace in words, so we can replace :C/^ *//:C/ *$// with :M* to get the same effect -- removing leading and trailing whitespace and extra spaces between words.
2005-05-10 03:34:04 +02:00
ALL_ENV+= CFLAGS=${CFLAGS:M*:Q}
ALL_ENV+= CPPFLAGS=${CPPFLAGS:M*:Q}
ALL_ENV+= CXX=${CXX:M*:Q}
ALL_ENV+= CXXFLAGS=${CXXFLAGS:M*:Q}
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= COMPILER_RPATH_FLAG=${COMPILER_RPATH_FLAG:Q}
make sure we correctly set F77. Addresses PR29666
2005-03-16 03:09:54 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= F77=${FC:Q}
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= FC=${FC:Q}
In make variables, quotes protect embedded whitespace in words, so we can replace :C/^ *//:C/ *$// with :M* to get the same effect -- removing leading and trailing whitespace and extra spaces between words.
2005-05-10 03:34:04 +02:00
ALL_ENV+= FFLAGS=${FFLAGS:M*:Q}
Reset the current locale to a sane value (that is, 'C') during the build of packages. Several utilities behave differently or even incorrectly if a locale different than 'C' is set. One of these is perl, which spits a big warning and then breaks some packages. An example is irssi, as described in PR pkg/29613 by Hanno Wagner.
2005-03-20 19:18:09 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= LANG=C
ALL_ENV+= LC_COLLATE=C
ALL_ENV+= LC_CTYPE=C
ALL_ENV+= LC_MESSAGES=C
ALL_ENV+= LC_MONETARY=C
ALL_ENV+= LC_NUMERIC=C
ALL_ENV+= LC_TIME=C
In make variables, quotes protect embedded whitespace in words, so we can replace :C/^ *//:C/ *$// with :M* to get the same effect -- removing leading and trailing whitespace and extra spaces between words.
2005-05-10 03:34:04 +02:00
ALL_ENV+= LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS:M*:Q}
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= LINKER_RPATH_FLAG=${LINKER_RPATH_FLAG:Q}
ALL_ENV+= PATH=${PATH:Q}:${LOCALBASE}/bin:${X11BASE}/bin
ALL_ENV+= PREFIX=${PREFIX}
MAKE_ENV+= ${ALL_ENV}
MAKE_ENV+= ${NO_EXPORT_CPP:D:UCPP=${CPP:Q}}
MAKE_ENV+= LINK_ALL_LIBGCC_HACK=${LINK_ALL_LIBGCC_HACK:Q}
Applied all quoting fixes found by "pkglint --autofix".
2005-12-05 23:07:07 +01:00
MAKE_ENV+= LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE:Q}
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
MAKE_ENV+= NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE_FLAG=${NO_WHOLE_ARCHIVE_FLAG:Q}
MAKE_ENV+= WHOLE_ARCHIVE_FLAG=${WHOLE_ARCHIVE_FLAG:Q}
Applied all quoting fixes found by "pkglint --autofix".
2005-12-05 23:07:07 +01:00
MAKE_ENV+= X11BASE=${X11BASE:Q}
MAKE_ENV+= X11PREFIX=${X11PREFIX:Q}
MAKE_ENV+= PKGMANDIR=${PKGMANDIR:Q}
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
# Constants to provide a consistent environment for packages using
# BSD-style Makefiles.
MAKE_ENV+= MAKECONF=${PKGMAKECONF:U/dev/null}
MAKE_ENV+= OBJECT_FMT=${OBJECT_FMT:Q}
MAKE_ENV+= ${USETOOLS:DUSETOOLS=${USETOOLS:Q}}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= ${ALL_ENV}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= _PKGSRCDIR=${_PKGSRCDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= ${BATCH:DBATCH=yes}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= CURDIR=${.CURDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= DEPENDS=${DEPENDS:Q}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= DISTDIR=${DISTDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= FILESDIR=${FILESDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= LOCALBASE=${LOCALBASE}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= PATCHDIR=${PATCHDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= PKGSRCDIR=${PKGSRCDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= SCRIPTDIR=${SCRIPTDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= VIEWBASE=${VIEWBASE}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= WRKDIR=${WRKDIR}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= WRKSRC=${WRKSRC}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= X11BASE=${X11BASE}
CONFIGURE_ENV+= ${ALL_ENV}
Merge a little visual-only cleanup from the tv-derecurse branch: Collect many modifiable hard-to-find variables scattered throughout bsd.pkg.mk into a common section near the top of the file. (Not necessarily "complete", but helps to reduce HEAD-branch divergence.)
2005-01-24 20:57:42 +01:00
# Store the result in the +BUILD_INFO file so we can query for the build
# options using "pkg_info -Q PKG_OPTIONS <pkg>".
#
.if defined(PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS) && defined(PKG_OPTIONS)
BUILD_DEFS+= PKG_OPTIONS
.endif
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
.if empty(DEPOT_SUBDIR)
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "DEPOT_SUBDIR may not be empty."
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
- Integrate xpkgwedge with a switch, USE_LOCALBASE_FOR_X11, which leaves X11BASE alone and, when set, sets PREFIX to LOCALBASE and adds a build dependency on xpkgwedge - Nuke last vestiges of the ${ARCH} variable, and replace it with the binary compatibility identifier ${MACHINE_ARCH}. - Include bsd.prefs.mk early in bsd.pkg.mk. (Needed by xpkgwedge change.) - Look for Motif/lesstif in both X11BASE and LOCALBASE - Add rpath (-Wl,-R) options for MOTIFLIB - Nuke obsolete EXEC_DEPENDS cruft
1998-07-31 16:55:38 +02:00
If there is _ZERO_FILESIZE_P, then it's natural to have _NONZERO_FILESIZE_P to test for the opposite condition.
2006-06-07 20:37:06 +02:00
# ZERO_FILESIZE_P exits with a successful return code if the given file
# has zero length.
# NONZERO_FILESIZE_P exits with a successful return code if the given file
# has nonzero length.
Move _ZERO_FILESIZE_P ftom bsd.pkginstall.mk to bsd.pkg.mk so it can more clearly be used in other modules.
2006-06-07 19:44:29 +02:00
#
If there is _ZERO_FILESIZE_P, then it's natural to have _NONZERO_FILESIZE_P to test for the opposite condition.
2006-06-07 20:37:06 +02:00
_ZERO_FILESIZE_P= ${AWK} 'END { exit (NR > 0) ? 1 : 0; }'
_NONZERO_FILESIZE_P= ${AWK} 'END { exit (NR > 0) ? 0 : 1; }'
Move _ZERO_FILESIZE_P ftom bsd.pkginstall.mk to bsd.pkg.mk so it can more clearly be used in other modules.
2006-06-07 19:44:29 +02:00
Add a new variable "UNLIMIT_RESOURCES" which can be used to raise process limits for building a package.
2002-01-04 13:00:56 +01:00
# Automatically increase process limit where necessary for building.
Collapse two .for blocks to improve readability: _ULIMIT_CMD to use a ${...:@var@loop ...@} construct _ACCEPTABLE to use a !empty(var:Mfoo) conditional
2005-11-18 18:07:13 +01:00
_ULIMIT_CMD= ${UNLIMIT_RESOURCES:@_lim_@${ULIMIT_CMD_${_lim_}};@}
Add a new variable "UNLIMIT_RESOURCES" which can be used to raise process limits for building a package.
2002-01-04 13:00:56 +01:00
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
# If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script.
add CONFIG_SHELL to CONFIGURE_ENV. This avoids picking up bash as the shell which complains about the buildlink vaiable names containing '.' in them.
2002-04-07 19:09:57 +02:00
# also pass in a CONFIG_SHELL to avoid picking up bash
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
add CONFIG_SHELL to CONFIGURE_ENV. This avoids picking up bash as the shell which complains about the buildlink vaiable names containing '.' in them.
2002-04-07 19:09:57 +02:00
CONFIG_SHELL?= ${SH}
Applied all quoting fixes found by "pkglint --autofix".
2005-12-05 23:07:07 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= CONFIG_SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL:Q}
In make variables, quotes protect embedded whitespace in words, so we can replace :C/^ *//:C/ *$// with :M* to get the same effect -- removing leading and trailing whitespace and extra spaces between words.
2005-05-10 03:34:04 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= LIBS=${LIBS:M*:Q}
Rather than work around an automake braindeadness, parameterize install-sh so that Interix can set the default mode to 0775. Then add "install_sh" to CONFIGURE_ENV so it uses ${INSTALL}, not the package-supplied install script (as is done for autoconf $INSTALL).
2004-04-23 04:03:18 +02:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= install_sh=${INSTALL:Q}
Use lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len in devel/libtool-base, too.
2005-11-09 19:42:32 +01:00
. if (defined(USE_LIBTOOL) || !empty(PKGDIR:M*/libtool-base)) && defined(_OPSYS_MAX_CMDLEN_CMD)
Relax need to put GNU_CONFIGURE before inclusion of bsd.prefs.mk: Convert _OPSYS_MAX_CMDLEN to a plain _OPSYS_MAX_CMDLEN_CMD variable, which is not evaluated by a shell until CONFIGURE_ENV is expanded (and only then if USE_LIBTOOL+GNU_CONFIGURE are both set).
2005-01-25 19:15:58 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ENV+= lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=${_OPSYS_MAX_CMDLEN_CMD:sh}
Revert previous (re-add common CPP_PRECOMP_FLAGS). For consistency, also move usage of _USER_DEPENDS and _OPSYS_MAX_CMDLEN to bsd.pkg.mk.
2004-11-16 19:04:00 +01:00
. endif
If GNU_CONFIGURE is defined, then pass LIBS to the GNU configure script. There are 40 packages in pkgsrc that do this.
2001-06-12 22:30:09 +02:00
.endif
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
_WRAPPER_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.wrapper_done
_CONFIGURE_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.configure_done
_BUILD_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.build_done
_TEST_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.test_done
Introduce the capability to gather all the warnings and errors that are generated for a target and output them all at once at the conclusion of the target's invocation. The implementation is in bsd.pkg.error.mk, which defines a macro target "error-check" that will print out any non-empty warning and error files in ${WARNING_DIR} and ${ERROR_DIR} and exit appropriately if there were errors. Convert some targets that were just long sequences of ${ERROR_MSG} or ${WARNING_MSG} within a single shell statement to use the new delayed error output via error-check. Modify the compiler "fail" wrappers for C++ and Fortran to be less verbose during invocation. Instead collect the warnings and only print them at the end of the completed phase, e.g. after "configure" and/or "build" completes.
2006-06-09 15:59:06 +02:00
_INTERACTIVE_COOKIE= ${.CURDIR}/.interactive_stage
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
_NULL_COOKIE= ${WRKDIR}/.null
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Miscellaneous overridable commands:
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
SHCOMMENT?= ${ECHO_MSG} >/dev/null '***'
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
Introduce LIBABISUFFIX for platforms which require ABI-dependant library paths.
2004-11-12 21:25:41 +01:00
LIBABISUFFIX?=
Implement some parts of proposals posted to tech-pkg: - Define OS_VERSION in bsd.prefs.mk (...if not already defined). Previously was only set in a conditional block in bsd.pkg.mk. - Define new values, MACHINE_PLATFORM and MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM, which default to ${OPSYS}-${OS_VERSION}-${MACHINE_ARCH} and ${LOWER_OPSYS}-${LOWER_VENDOR}-${LOWER_ARCH} respectively. (Probably should nuke LOWER_ARCH and rename LOWER_VENDOR to something like MACHINE_GNU_VENDOR.) - Use ${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM} as the argument to `--host' in GNU_CONFIGURE packages. - Allow for ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM, lists of patterns in csh(1) glob style which are matched against MACHINE_PLATFORM above and take the place of {ONLY,NOT}_FOR_{ARCHS,OPSYS}. (For now, until all pkgs are converted, provide backwards compatibility.) *Both* may be defined, in which case NOT_FOR_PLATFORM takes precedence. - Also do some significant aesthetic cleanup, based on the idea `define platform-specific overrides first, then define a generic case with the ?= operator'. Lots more of this to do yet.
1999-05-24 20:42:00 +02:00
TOUCH_FLAGS?= -f
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
# Debugging levels for this file, dependent on PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL definition
# 0 == normal, default, quiet operation
# 1 == all shell commands echoed before invocation
# 2 == shell "set -x" operation
PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL?= 0
_PKG_SILENT= @
When PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2, set_PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT is set to "${SH} -x". Use _PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT when running the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts so that they may be easier to debug.
2002-09-26 23:04:11 +02:00
_PKG_DEBUG= # empty
_PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT= # empty
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if ${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} > 0
When PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2, set_PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT is set to "${SH} -x". Use _PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT when running the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts so that they may be easier to debug.
2002-09-26 23:04:11 +02:00
_PKG_SILENT= # empty
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.endif
.if ${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} > 1
_PKG_DEBUG= set -x;
When PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2, set_PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT is set to "${SH} -x". Use _PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT when running the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts so that they may be easier to debug.
2002-09-26 23:04:11 +02:00
_PKG_DEBUG_SCRIPT= ${SH} -x
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# A few aliases for *-install targets
Override the INSTALL setting in sys.mk that messes up the rest of the logic in the tools framework.
2005-07-17 06:17:09 +02:00
INSTALL= ${TOOLS_INSTALL} # XXX override sys.mk
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM?= \
Replace STRIPFLAG with _STRIPFLAG_INSTALL to fix pkg/15467.
2002-05-29 16:52:14 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${_STRIPFLAG_INSTALL} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_GAME?= \
${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${_STRIPFLAG_INSTALL} -o ${GAMEOWN} -g ${GAMEGRP} -m ${GAMEMODE}
INSTALL_SCRIPT?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_LIB?= \
Add a new install macro INSTALL_LIB for use when installing libraries (mainly intended for shlib use, but for homeful use on all libraries so that currently static libs can be "provisioned" for future shlib use).
2004-04-28 00:35:47 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${SHAREOWN} -g ${SHAREGRP} -m ${SHAREMODE}
Introduce GAMEDATAMODE and INSTALL_GAME_DATA, which will take care of files installed for SETGIDGAME packages. This will help address PR pkg/25313 and PR pkg/26236.
2004-08-04 04:56:01 +02:00
INSTALL_GAME_DATA?= \
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${GAMEOWN} -g ${GAMEGRP} -m ${GAMEDATAMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_MAN?= \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${INSTALL} ${COPY} -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${MANMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR?= \
Create directories with mode 0755, since that is what the mtree files expect. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU in PR 22007, patch from seb@netbsd.
2003-07-12 12:21:33 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${PKGDIRMODE}
Add INSTALL_GAME_DIR to complement INSTALL_GAME_DATA. The directories are group-writeable by the games user on those platforms, where GAMEMODE includes setgid. It defaults to PKGDIRMODE otherwise.
2006-04-12 23:01:15 +02:00
INSTALL_GAME_DIR?= \
${INSTALL} -d -o ${GAMEOWN} -g ${GAMEGRP} -m ${GAMEDIRMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR?= \
Add INSTALL_*_DIR macros.
1998-03-07 22:19:00 +01:00
${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_LIB_DIR?= \
Add a new install macro INSTALL_LIB for use when installing libraries (mainly intended for shlib use, but for homeful use on all libraries so that currently static libs can be "provisioned" for future shlib use).
2004-04-28 00:35:47 +02:00
${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_DATA_DIR?= \
Create directories with mode 0755, since that is what the mtree files expect. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU in PR 22007, patch from seb@netbsd.
2003-07-12 12:21:33 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${SHAREOWN} -g ${SHAREGRP} -m ${PKGDIRMODE}
Introduce new variables: SETGIDGAME: specifies whether or not certain games are installed setgid GAMEGRP: the group owning games if SETGIDGAME is set GAMEOWN: the user owning games if SETFIDGAME is set GAMEMODE: the mode to install games as Use these to provide INSTALL_GAME (for example for PR pkg/25313), and set them to meaningful values under NetBSD.
2004-05-12 03:03:58 +02:00
INSTALL_MAN_DIR?= \
Create directories with mode 0755, since that is what the mtree files expect. Noted by Toru TAKAMIZU in PR 22007, patch from seb@netbsd.
2003-07-12 12:21:33 +02:00
${INSTALL} -d -o ${MANOWN} -g ${MANGRP} -m ${PKGDIRMODE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Fixed some quoting issues.
2005-05-22 17:31:03 +02:00
INSTALL_MACROS= BSD_INSTALL_PROGRAM=${INSTALL_PROGRAM:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_SCRIPT=${INSTALL_SCRIPT:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_LIB=${INSTALL_LIB:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_DATA=${INSTALL_DATA:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_MAN=${INSTALL_MAN:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL=${INSTALL:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR=${INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR=${INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_LIB_DIR=${INSTALL_LIB_DIR:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_DATA_DIR=${INSTALL_DATA_DIR:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_MAN_DIR=${INSTALL_MAN_DIR:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_GAME=${INSTALL_GAME:Q} \
Add INSTALL_GAME_DIR to complement INSTALL_GAME_DATA. The directories are group-writeable by the games user on those platforms, where GAMEMODE includes setgid. It defaults to PKGDIRMODE otherwise.
2006-04-12 23:01:15 +02:00
BSD_INSTALL_GAME_DATA=${INSTALL_GAME_DATA:Q} \
BSD_INSTALL_GAME_DIR=${INSTALL_GAME_DIR:Q}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
MAKE_ENV+= ${INSTALL_MACROS}
SCRIPTS_ENV+= ${INSTALL_MACROS}
Always run the pkginstall framework targets to generate the INSTALL/DEINSTALL and rc.d scripts, regardless of whether NO_BUILD is defined or not. We do this by renaming the main "build" target to "_build", and creating a new "build" target that has "_build" and "pkginstall" as dependencies. This allows the "build" and "install" targets to be consecutive, so no changes in behavior are visible to the user. Because the pkginstall targets are no longer run within the protection of the locks during the build phase, we need to manage locking within a new "pkginstall" target.
2006-03-15 17:20:11 +01:00
# If pkgsrc is supposed to ensure that tests are run before installation
# of the package, then the build targets should be "build test", otherwise
# just "build" suffices.
#
.if !empty(PKGSRC_RUN_TEST:M[yY][eE][sS])
_PKGSRC_BUILD_TARGETS= build test
.else
_PKGSRC_BUILD_TARGETS= build
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# The user can override the NO_PACKAGE by specifying this from
# the make command line
.if defined(FORCE_PACKAGE)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. undef NO_PACKAGE
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add alternatives.mk, a file used to manipulate the alternatives system. A package can optionally provide an ALTERNATIVES file which contains pairs of wrapper/alternative, one per line. The file is then used by the install and deinstall scripts to register the alternatives and to create the appropriate wrappers. Make bsd.pkg.mk include this new file. This happens unconditionally to keep all the alternatives logic in an independent file. Otherwise, some of the stuff could have to be moved to bsd.pkg.mk, breaking consistency.
2005-01-25 14:13:35 +01:00
# Handle alternatives
#
.include "../../mk/alternatives.mk"
Modify the pkginstall framework so that it manages all aspects of INSTALL/DEINSTALL script creation within pkgsrc. If an INSTALL or DEINSTALL script is found in the package directory, it is automatically used as a template for the pkginstall-generated scripts. If instead, they should be used simply as the full scripts, then the package Makefile should set INSTALL_SRC or DEINSTALL_SRC explicitly, e.g.: INSTALL_SRC= ${PKGDIR}/INSTALL DEINSTALL_SRC= # emtpy As part of the restructuring of the pkginstall framework internals, we now *always* generate temporary INSTALL or DEINSTALL scripts. By comparing these temporary scripts with minimal INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts formed from only the base templates, we determine whether or not the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts are actually needed by the package (see the generate-install-scripts target in bsd.pkginstall.mk). In addition, more variables in the framework have been made private. The *_EXTRA_TMPL variables have been renamed to *_TEMPLATE, which are more sensible names given the very few exported variables in this framework. The only public variables relating to the templates are: INSTALL_SRC INSTALL_TEMPLATE DEINSTALL_SRC DEINSTALL_TEMPLATE HEADER_TEMPLATE The packages in pkgsrc have been modified to reflect the changes in the pkginstall framework.
2006-03-14 02:14:26 +01:00
# INSTALL/DEINSTALL script framework
Move mk/install to mk/pkginstall to better reflect the contents (the pkginstall framework).
2006-05-22 01:50:15 +02:00
.include "../../mk/pkginstall/bsd.pkginstall.mk"
Move the inclusion of bsd.pkg.install.mk higher so that binary packages are generated correctly (with INSTALL and DEINSTALL scripts). Fix suggested by Stoned Elipot <seb@netbsd.org>.
2003-01-29 20:34:14 +01:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: uptodate-digest
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
uptodate-digest:
Test was reversed.
2004-03-13 21:58:06 +01:00
.if !empty(USE_DIGEST:M[yY][eE][sS])
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Change uptodate-digest check from excluding digest on 'digest-* | pkgchk-*)' to excluding when ! -f ${DISTINFO_FILE}. Now packages without distinfo do not need to build digest before installing (such as cpuflags)
2003-06-17 16:33:17 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} -a \( ! -f ${DIGEST} -o ${DIGEST_VERSION} -lt ${DIGEST_REQD} \) ]; then \
* Make PKGSRC_TOPDIR a private variable by renaming it to _PKGSRC_TOPDIR, as it's only used internally by bsd.prefs.mk. * Make _PKGSRCDIR a public variable by renaming it to PKGSRCDIR. Also, generate its value from ${_PKGSRC_TOPDIR} so it's less fragile than the old method of stripping off the last two components of ${.CURDIR}. PKGSRCDIR may now be used after bsd.prefs.mk is defined. * Change all references to _PKGSRCDIR to PKGSRCDIR.
2004-10-07 04:01:37 +02:00
{ cd ${PKGSRCDIR}/pkgtools/digest; \
Change uptodate-digest check from excluding digest on 'digest-* | pkgchk-*)' to excluding when ! -f ${DISTINFO_FILE}. Now packages without distinfo do not need to build digest before installing (such as cpuflags)
2003-06-17 16:33:17 +02:00
${MAKE} clean; \
if [ -f ${DIGEST} ]; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} deinstall; \
fi; \
Due to the special handling of pkgtools/digest in pkgsrc (it must be installed before the normal dependency checks), on a system without any packages installed, we can run into the problem where digest won't install because it has already been installed as part of installing a build dependency. This can happen if, e.g., PKGSRC_COMPILER is set to "ccache gcc", and you try to build devel/gmake. Change the way that the uptodate-digest target installs pkgtools/digest by ensuring that pkgtools/digest is deinstalled just before installing it.
2004-03-22 05:07:15 +01:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${_PKGSRC_BUILD_TARGETS}; \
if [ -f ${DIGEST} ]; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} deinstall; \
fi; \
Change uptodate-digest check from excluding digest on 'digest-* | pkgchk-*)' to excluding when ! -f ${DISTINFO_FILE}. Now packages without distinfo do not need to build digest before installing (such as cpuflags)
2003-06-17 16:33:17 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} ${DEPENDS_TARGET}; \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean; } \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
fi
If USE_DIGEST is "no", then skip the check for an up-to-date digest. XXX These changes should be removed once we have a working XXX pkgsrc/bootstrap.
2004-03-13 21:54:16 +01:00
.else
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
Previous commit to bsd.pkg.mk caught some "SMART_MESSAGES" work - document them now, in mk.conf.example, and add a small comment explaining what they do. When SMART_MESSAGES is defined, when compiling packages, the make(1) target is displayed, and also the current stack of packages being built.
2000-03-13 15:24:27 +01:00
# Define SMART_MESSAGES in /etc/mk.conf for messages giving the tree
Typo in comment for SMART_MESSAGES.
2001-01-31 00:18:36 +01:00
# of dependencies for building, and the current target.
Use :D and :U constructs in a few more places to collapse some .if defined blocks to a more parallelism-readable state.
2005-11-18 15:40:21 +01:00
_PKGSRC_IN?= ===${SMART_MESSAGES:D> ${.TARGET} [${PKGNAME}${_PKGSRC_DEPS}] ===}
Fix PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK when installing on Solaris - escape the argument from the shell, so that we can install packages on Solaris again, and use canonical ${GREP} and ${AWK} programs.
2000-03-13 15:19:15 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Used to print all the '===>' style prompts - override this to turn them off.
ECHO_MSG?= ${ECHO}
Added the variable PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG and ERROR_MSG to facilitate the generation of consistent-looking progress messages.
2006-03-12 15:55:18 +01:00
PHASE_MSG?= ${ECHO_MSG} ${_PKGSRC_IN:Q}\>
STEP_MSG?= ${ECHO_MSG} "=>"
WARNING_MSG?= ${ECHO_MSG} 1>&2 "WARNING:"
ERROR_MSG?= ${ECHO_MSG} 1>&2 "ERROR:"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Add WARNING_CAT and ERROR_CAT which are filters for outputting file contents to standard error. They prefix the output with "WARNING: " and "ERROR: " respectively.
2006-06-07 19:00:03 +02:00
WARNING_CAT?= ${SED} -e "s|^|WARNING: |" 1>&2
ERROR_CAT?= ${SED} -e "s|^|ERROR: |" 1>&2
Introduce TRUE?=/usr/bin/true, and use it.
1998-02-02 09:10:41 +01:00
# How to do nothing. Override if you, for some strange reason, would rather
# do something.
DO_NADA?= ${TRUE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
Added two new variables, GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR. Up to now, a package that wanted to use a different location for --mandir had to first define CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR=no and then CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--mandir=${...}, which looks weird. Now it only has to set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR.
2005-10-31 10:42:19 +01:00
HAS_CONFIGURE= yes
New variable GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX whose value is the argument to the --prefix option passed to a GNU configure script. It defaults to ${PREFIX}. This should help simplify the packages out there that avoid setting GNU_CONFIGURE=yes because they need a custom --prefix option.
2002-06-23 05:15:28 +02:00
GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX?= ${PREFIX}
Applied all quoting fixes found by "pkglint --autofix".
2005-12-05 23:07:07 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --prefix=${GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX:Q}
Added two new variables, GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR. Up to now, a package that wanted to use a different location for --mandir had to first define CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR=no and then CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--mandir=${...}, which looks weird. Now it only has to set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR.
2005-10-31 10:42:19 +01:00
Occasionally we do not want the "--host=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}" argument added if GNU_CONFIGURE is specified - the arla and forthcoming openafs packages are ones that need to be able to let the GNU configure script guess for itself, rather than hardcoding the value. Add a switch called USE_GNU_CONFIGURE_HOST to determine whether the --host argument is provided to the GNU configure script. This is switched on (it has a "yes" value) by default, so the previous behaviour applies, but allows us to specify this value on a package-by-package basis. Documentation changes for this are also forthcoming.
2005-04-16 11:20:18 +02:00
USE_GNU_CONFIGURE_HOST?= yes
. if !empty(USE_GNU_CONFIGURE_HOST:M[yY][eE][sS])
Applied all quoting fixes found by "pkglint --autofix".
2005-12-05 23:07:07 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --host=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM:Q}
Occasionally we do not want the "--host=${MACHINE_GNU_PLATFORM}" argument added if GNU_CONFIGURE is specified - the arla and forthcoming openafs packages are ones that need to be able to let the GNU configure script guess for itself, rather than hardcoding the value. Add a switch called USE_GNU_CONFIGURE_HOST to determine whether the --host argument is provided to the GNU configure script. This is switched on (it has a "yes" value) by default, so the previous behaviour applies, but allows us to specify this value on a package-by-package basis. Documentation changes for this are also forthcoming.
2005-04-16 11:20:18 +02:00
. endif
Added two new variables, GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR. Up to now, a package that wanted to use a different location for --mandir had to first define CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR=no and then CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--mandir=${...}, which looks weird. Now it only has to set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR.
2005-10-31 10:42:19 +01:00
* Creates a new variable PKGINFODIR (named similarly to PKGMANDIR) that is a purely user-settable variable to represent the relative path under ${PREFIX} where info files are stored and "dir" files are managed. PKGINFODIR defaults to "info". INFO_DIR still works, but will be obsoleted after the 2006Q1 branch. * Modify GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR to only honor ${PKGINFODIR} if the package installs directly into ${PREFIX} and not some subdirectory under ${PREFIX}. This fixes packages that don't really honor $(infodir) all that well, and also avoids PLIST problems relating to directory removal for those packages. * Since the majority of Emacs Lisp packages use GNU_CONFIGURE, just set GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR directly to ${EMACS_INFOPREFIX}, which is the Emacs-distro-specific location for info files. Also pass EMACS_INFOPREFIX through PLIST_SUBST for PLIST substitution. * INFO_FILES should be defined if the package installs info files. If the info files are not listed in the PLIST, then INFO_FILES must list the filenames for the info files installed by the package, which are assumed to be located in ${PREFIX}/${PKGINFODIR}. * The plist module can now better detect info files listed in PLISTs and exports a command to the pkginstall module to append info file names to the +INFO_FILES scriptlet at install-time. * The print-PLIST target is updated to properly list info files in the auto-generated PLIST. * The check-files code is updated to skip all "dir" Info database files.
2006-03-20 02:48:57 +01:00
# Support for alternative info directories in packages is very sketchy.
# For now, if we configure a package to install entirely into a
# subdirectory of ${PREFIX}, then root the info directory directly under
# that subdirectory.
#
Rename NO_CONFIGURE_INFODIR to CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR (which defaults to "yes"). So any packages that have old GNU configure script that does not support --infodir option (while using INFO_FILES) can set CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR=NO. This was suggested by agc@ as a clearer definition.
2004-05-08 18:14:55 +02:00
CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR?= yes
* Creates a new variable PKGINFODIR (named similarly to PKGMANDIR) that is a purely user-settable variable to represent the relative path under ${PREFIX} where info files are stored and "dir" files are managed. PKGINFODIR defaults to "info". INFO_DIR still works, but will be obsoleted after the 2006Q1 branch. * Modify GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR to only honor ${PKGINFODIR} if the package installs directly into ${PREFIX} and not some subdirectory under ${PREFIX}. This fixes packages that don't really honor $(infodir) all that well, and also avoids PLIST problems relating to directory removal for those packages. * Since the majority of Emacs Lisp packages use GNU_CONFIGURE, just set GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR directly to ${EMACS_INFOPREFIX}, which is the Emacs-distro-specific location for info files. Also pass EMACS_INFOPREFIX through PLIST_SUBST for PLIST substitution. * INFO_FILES should be defined if the package installs info files. If the info files are not listed in the PLIST, then INFO_FILES must list the filenames for the info files installed by the package, which are assumed to be located in ${PREFIX}/${PKGINFODIR}. * The plist module can now better detect info files listed in PLISTs and exports a command to the pkginstall module to append info file names to the +INFO_FILES scriptlet at install-time. * The print-PLIST target is updated to properly list info files in the auto-generated PLIST. * The check-files code is updated to skip all "dir" Info database files.
2006-03-20 02:48:57 +01:00
.if ${GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX} == ${PREFIX}
GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR?= ${GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX}/${PKGINFODIR}
.else
GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR?= ${GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX}/info
.endif
. if defined(INFO_FILES) && !empty(CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR:M[yY][eE][sS])
Make GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX the default prefix for GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR. Add the latter for symmetry.
2006-03-02 20:15:37 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --infodir=${GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR:Q}
If using GNU_CONFIGURE then set --infodir to ${PREFIX}/${INFO_DIR}. I have used this successfully to install over 300 info files using INFO_DIR=share/info. Also add new variable called NO_CONFIGURE_INFODIR (as suggested by Greg Woods) because some autoconf-style configure scripts don't know --infodir. (The alternative is to use HAS_CONFIGURE and add the needed CONFIGURE_ARGS.) Please note that the info tool may not find custom INFO_DIR unless it is configure to know it. (I will update gtexinfo for this, but if using native info you are on your own if you customize this.)
2004-05-08 04:13:00 +02:00
. endif
Added two new variables, GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR. Up to now, a package that wanted to use a different location for --mandir had to first define CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR=no and then CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--mandir=${...}, which looks weird. Now it only has to set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR.
2005-10-31 10:42:19 +01:00
Add custom PKGMANDIR setting to mk/defaults/mk.conf. This is a pathname relative to ${PREFIX} of directory holding the manual pages and man directories. I have been using this for over two years. This defaults to "man" so no change. If using GNU_CONFIGURE then set --mandir. (Unless CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR is no because some old GNU configure scripts are too old. This is similar to existing CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR.) Add PKGMANDIR to PLIST_SUBST. Add plist awk pattern-action statement to convert man/ to ${PKGMANDIR}/. (This might need to be double checked for some PLISTs that prefix some custom settings in front. qmail used to do this, but now I see it does not.) When "Decompressing manual pages" convert man/ also. I have several other changes to commit for individual packages. I chose not to modify the INSTALL_MAN or INSTALLATION_DIRS to also convert man/ to PKGMANDIR/ because I thought this may make it more confusing. So instead, I modify the individual uses of these instead. (Todo: modify pkglint to check for this?) (agc@ of the pkgsrc-pmc asked me to make these changes.)
2005-10-04 19:27:00 +02:00
CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR?= yes
Make GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX the default prefix for GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR. Add the latter for symmetry.
2006-03-02 20:15:37 +01:00
GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR?= ${GNU_CONFIGURE_PREFIX}/${PKGMANDIR}
Add custom PKGMANDIR setting to mk/defaults/mk.conf. This is a pathname relative to ${PREFIX} of directory holding the manual pages and man directories. I have been using this for over two years. This defaults to "man" so no change. If using GNU_CONFIGURE then set --mandir. (Unless CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR is no because some old GNU configure scripts are too old. This is similar to existing CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR.) Add PKGMANDIR to PLIST_SUBST. Add plist awk pattern-action statement to convert man/ to ${PKGMANDIR}/. (This might need to be double checked for some PLISTs that prefix some custom settings in front. qmail used to do this, but now I see it does not.) When "Decompressing manual pages" convert man/ also. I have several other changes to commit for individual packages. I chose not to modify the INSTALL_MAN or INSTALLATION_DIRS to also convert man/ to PKGMANDIR/ because I thought this may make it more confusing. So instead, I modify the individual uses of these instead. (Todo: modify pkglint to check for this?) (agc@ of the pkgsrc-pmc asked me to make these changes.)
2005-10-04 19:27:00 +02:00
. if !empty(CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR:M[yY][eE][sS])
Added two new variables, GNU_CONFIGURE_INFODIR and GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR. Up to now, a package that wanted to use a different location for --mandir had to first define CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR=no and then CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--mandir=${...}, which looks weird. Now it only has to set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR.
2005-10-31 10:42:19 +01:00
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --mandir=${GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR:Q}
Add custom PKGMANDIR setting to mk/defaults/mk.conf. This is a pathname relative to ${PREFIX} of directory holding the manual pages and man directories. I have been using this for over two years. This defaults to "man" so no change. If using GNU_CONFIGURE then set --mandir. (Unless CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR is no because some old GNU configure scripts are too old. This is similar to existing CONFIGURE_HAS_INFODIR.) Add PKGMANDIR to PLIST_SUBST. Add plist awk pattern-action statement to convert man/ to ${PKGMANDIR}/. (This might need to be double checked for some PLISTs that prefix some custom settings in front. qmail used to do this, but now I see it does not.) When "Decompressing manual pages" convert man/ also. I have several other changes to commit for individual packages. I chose not to modify the INSTALL_MAN or INSTALLATION_DIRS to also convert man/ to PKGMANDIR/ because I thought this may make it more confusing. So instead, I modify the individual uses of these instead. (Todo: modify pkglint to check for this?) (agc@ of the pkgsrc-pmc asked me to make these changes.)
2005-10-04 19:27:00 +02:00
. endif
if using GNU configure and CONFIG_{GUESS,SUB}_OVERRIDE is not defined, default to overriding ${WRKSRC}/config.{guess,sub} so packages can recognise platforms such as NetBSD/shark.
2004-02-14 01:40:55 +01:00
#
# By default, override config.guess and config.sub for GNU configure
# packages. pkgsrc's updated versions of these scripts allows GNU
# configure to recognise NetBSD ports such as shark.
#
Make CONFIG_{GUESS,SUB}_OVERRIDE slighly more powerful by allowing them to be lists of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 16:22:42 +01:00
CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE?= \
config.guess */config.guess */*/config.guess
CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE?= \
config.sub */config.sub */*/config.sub
Add override for uncommon "config.rpath" GNU config snippet. Use platform file to indicate that override logic should be turned on. (AFAICT, only Interix is afflicted at the moment.)
2005-01-14 01:10:01 +01:00
CONFIG_RPATH_OVERRIDE?= # set by platform file as needed
Default to overriding config.status after GNU configure has been run. We don't want it to execute during the build phase as it might overwrite post-configure changes we might have made to the generated files. Packages that don't want this behaviour can simply set: CONFIG_STATUS_OVERRIDE= # empty in the package Makefile.
2004-02-14 14:54:28 +01:00
#
Instead of patching the generated config.status script, patch the GNU configure script itself so that the generated config.status script does what we want (just exit if asked to "recheck"). This ensures the timestamp for config.status is earlier than the timestamps for the files that config.status generates (Makefile, config.h, etc.). This fixes some problems where some packages end up "rebuilding" as part of the install target, which makes the rebuilt files owned by root and makes cleaning the work directory fail.
2006-01-03 01:41:51 +01:00
# By default, override GNU configure scripts so that the generated
# config.status scripts never do anything on "recheck".
Default to overriding config.status after GNU configure has been run. We don't want it to execute during the build phase as it might overwrite post-configure changes we might have made to the generated files. Packages that don't want this behaviour can simply set: CONFIG_STATUS_OVERRIDE= # empty in the package Makefile.
2004-02-14 14:54:28 +01:00
#
Instead of patching the generated config.status script, patch the GNU configure script itself so that the generated config.status script does what we want (just exit if asked to "recheck"). This ensures the timestamp for config.status is earlier than the timestamps for the files that config.status generates (Makefile, config.h, etc.). This fixes some problems where some packages end up "rebuilding" as part of the install target, which makes the rebuilt files owned by root and makes cleaning the work directory fail.
2006-01-03 01:41:51 +01:00
CONFIGURE_SCRIPTS_OVERRIDE?= \
configure */configure */*/configure
Update buildlink-x11 to 0.5. Changes from previous version are the addition of the xmkmf script from the XFree86-4.0.x distribution, which understands passing -D options through to imake. Update the dependency on buildlink-x11 in bsd.pkg.mk for packages using USE_BUILDLINK_ONLY to >=0.5. Also, if USE_BUILDLINK_X11 is set, then refer to ${BUILDLINK_DIR} for location of X headers and libraries.
2001-07-05 06:47:27 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
#
Refer doc/pkgsrc.txt instead of Packages.txt.
2005-05-08 00:16:38 +02:00
# Config file related settings - see doc/pkgsrc.txt
Create a new knob: PKG_SYSCONFVAR PKG_SYSCONFVAR is the special suffix used to distinguish any overriding values for a particular package (see next item). It defaults to ${PKGNAME}, but for a collection of related packages that should all have the same PKG_SYSCONFDIR value, it can be set in each of the package Makefiles to a common value. PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR} overrides the value of ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} for packages with the same value for PKG_SYSCONFVAR. Package maintainers may want to set PKG_SYSCONFVAR to a common value for related packages, e.g. all of the amanda packages set PKG_SYSCONFVAR=amanda so that the PKG_SYSCONFDIR for all of them may be tweaked by just setting PKG_SYSCONFDIR.amanda in /etc/mk.conf.
2002-02-07 21:34:21 +01:00
#
PKG_SYSCONFVAR?= ${PKGBASE}
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR?= # empty
Set DFLT_PKG_SYSCONDIR to the location that PKG_SYSCONFDIR would have been set to if it hadn't been overridden by PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg>. This can be used in /etc/mk.conf to re-override certain PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg> in /etc/mk.conf from various package Makefiles, e.g. PKG_SYSCONFDIR.openssl= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR} PKG_SYSCONFDIR.tcp_wrappers= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR}
2004-03-29 08:49:04 +02:00
.if ${PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE} == "overwrite"
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFDEPOTBASE= # empty
Package Makefiles should refer to PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR instead of PKG_SYSCONFBASE when they want PKG_SYSCONFDIR stripped of PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR. This makes PKG_SYSCONFBASE=/etc work with pkgviews by installing all config files into /etc/packages/<pkg> instead of occasionally putting some directly into /etc. Also only create PKG_SYSCONFDIR if we're actually going to copy config files.
2003-09-05 13:34:25 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}
Set DFLT_PKG_SYSCONDIR to the location that PKG_SYSCONFDIR would have been set to if it hadn't been overridden by PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg>. This can be used in /etc/mk.conf to re-override certain PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg> in /etc/mk.conf from various package Makefiles, e.g. PKG_SYSCONFDIR.openssl= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR} PKG_SYSCONFDIR.tcp_wrappers= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR}
2004-03-29 08:49:04 +02:00
.else
. if !empty(PKG_SYSCONFBASE:M${PREFIX}) || \
!empty(PKG_SYSCONFBASE:M${PREFIX}/*)
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFDEPOTBASE= # empty
Package Makefiles should refer to PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR instead of PKG_SYSCONFBASE when they want PKG_SYSCONFDIR stripped of PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR. This makes PKG_SYSCONFBASE=/etc work with pkgviews by installing all config files into /etc/packages/<pkg> instead of occasionally putting some directly into /etc. Also only create PKG_SYSCONFDIR if we're actually going to copy config files.
2003-09-05 13:34:25 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
. else
Set DFLT_PKG_SYSCONDIR to the location that PKG_SYSCONFDIR would have been set to if it hadn't been overridden by PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg>. This can be used in /etc/mk.conf to re-override certain PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg> in /etc/mk.conf from various package Makefiles, e.g. PKG_SYSCONFDIR.openssl= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR} PKG_SYSCONFDIR.tcp_wrappers= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR}
2004-03-29 08:49:04 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFDEPOTBASE= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}/${DEPOT_SUBDIR}
PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFDEPOTBASE}/${PKGNAME}
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
. endif
.endif
Set DFLT_PKG_SYSCONDIR to the location that PKG_SYSCONFDIR would have been set to if it hadn't been overridden by PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg>. This can be used in /etc/mk.conf to re-override certain PKG_SYSCONFDIR.<pkg> in /etc/mk.conf from various package Makefiles, e.g. PKG_SYSCONFDIR.openssl= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR} PKG_SYSCONFDIR.tcp_wrappers= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR}
2004-03-29 08:49:04 +02:00
.if empty(PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR)
DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR:= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR}
.else
DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR:= ${PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR}/${PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR}
.endif
PKG_SYSCONFDIR= ${DFLT_PKG_SYSCONFDIR}
.if defined(PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR})
PKG_SYSCONFDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}}
PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR= ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}}
PKG_SYSCONFDEPOTBASE= # empty
.endif
Allow a package to specify the ownership and permission on ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} if PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR is defined and non-empty. A package may now set PKG_SYSCONFDIR_PERMS to an "owner group mode" triplet, which defaults to "${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 755".
2006-04-26 07:58:44 +02:00
PKG_SYSCONFDIR_PERMS?= ${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 755
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
Visual cleanup from tv-derecurse: Consolidate many MAKE_ENVs and SCRIPTS_ENVs into a common block. (CONFIGURE_ENVs to be done later.) Introduce new variable ALL_ENV which is automatically included into all of MAKE_ENV, SCRIPTS_ENV, and CONFIGURE_ENV; this allows much cleaner addition of the common CC/CXX/CFLAGS/etc. variables needed by all of these.
2005-02-11 17:36:49 +01:00
ALL_ENV+= PKG_SYSCONFDIR=${PKG_SYSCONFDIR:Q}
Introduce a new variable "CONF_DEPENDS" for pkgviews: a package's config directory matches the config directory for the dependency listed in CONF_DEPENDS. Use symlinks to physically point the package's config directory to the dependency's config directory, and handle all of this in the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts. Also make the INSTALL/DEINSTALL scripts a bit smarter about not copying files and not removing files if the source and destination file locations point to the same thing.
2003-09-17 04:38:22 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= PKG_SYSCONFBASEDIR PKG_SYSCONFDIR
Move the PKG_SYSCONFDIR logic below the definition of PKGNAME. PKGNAME is use to set PKGBASE, which is used in the name of the package-specific config directory override (PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKGBASE}). Prior to this, if PKGNAME wasn't explicitly set in the package, then the override would not work.
2001-11-28 20:55:31 +01:00
Split replace.mk into two parts, one of which is included by bsd.prefs.mk to provide "TOOL" definitions for tools used by a top-level make process (usually because it uses them in a != variable definition). This allows USE_TOOLS to be defined before bsd.prefs.mk is included by a package Makefile, where USE_TOOLS lists the additional (non-default) tools that are required to build the package. Also, drop the fallback to existing "TOOL" definitions because we now have TOOLS_PLATFORM.* for each platform in pkgsr/mk/tools/tools.*.mk.
2005-04-30 06:35:54 +02:00
# These are all of the tools use by pkgsrc Makefiles. This should
# eventually be split up into lists of tools required by different
# phases of a pkgsrc build.
#
Drop distinction between PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS and USE_TOOLS by making PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS go away. There is now only a single USE_TOOLS variable that specifies all of the tools we need to build/run the package.
2005-07-15 20:27:48 +02:00
USE_TOOLS+= \
We only need "date" to write the date into the +PRESERVE file.
2005-05-16 06:48:05 +02:00
[ awk basename cat chgrp chmod chown cmp cp cut dirname echo \
egrep env false file find grep head hostname id install ln ls \
No package seems to be using ${NICE} so don't require it.
2005-05-16 07:11:51 +02:00
mkdir mv pax pwd rm rmdir sed sh sort tail test touch tr true \
wc xargs
tsort is only used by bsd.bulk-pkg.mk.
2005-05-16 06:30:41 +02:00
Fix mistake in previous commit -- expr is required by the wrapper framework. Problem & fix from tron@.
2005-05-16 17:20:15 +02:00
# bsd.wrapper.mk
Drop distinction between PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS and USE_TOOLS by making PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS go away. There is now only a single USE_TOOLS variable that specifies all of the tools we need to build/run the package.
2005-07-15 20:27:48 +02:00
USE_TOOLS+= expr
Fix mistake in previous commit -- expr is required by the wrapper framework. Problem & fix from tron@.
2005-05-16 17:20:15 +02:00
tee is only used by bsd.bulk-pkg.mk.
2005-05-16 06:54:11 +02:00
# bsd.bulk-pkg.mk uses certain tools
tsort is only used by bsd.bulk-pkg.mk.
2005-05-16 06:30:41 +02:00
.if defined(BATCH)
Drop distinction between PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS and USE_TOOLS by making PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS go away. There is now only a single USE_TOOLS variable that specifies all of the tools we need to build/run the package.
2005-07-15 20:27:48 +02:00
USE_TOOLS+= tee tsort
tsort is only used by bsd.bulk-pkg.mk.
2005-05-16 06:30:41 +02:00
.endif
We only need mtree if NO_MTREE isn't defined.
2005-05-16 02:11:50 +02:00
Use ${SLEEP} instead of sleep, and note that we use the sleep tool if we're doing locking.
2005-11-04 21:06:14 +01:00
# We need shlock and sleep if we're using locking to synchronize multiple
# builds over the same pkgsrc tree.
Consolidate the bits that add to PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS, and improve the comment for shlock.
2005-05-16 02:00:35 +02:00
#
.if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} != "none"
Use ${SLEEP} instead of sleep, and note that we use the sleep tool if we're doing locking.
2005-11-04 21:06:14 +01:00
USE_TOOLS+= shlock sleep
Consolidate the bits that add to PKGSRC_USE_TOOLS, and improve the comment for shlock.
2005-05-16 02:00:35 +02:00
.endif
Finish removing instances of _USE_NEW_TOOLS from pkgsrc.
2005-05-22 22:15:40 +02:00
# Tools
Add a new yes/no variable USE_NEW_TOOLS to ease testing the new tools framework. USE_NEW_TOOLS defaults to "no".
2005-04-15 04:04:57 +02:00
.include "../../mk/tools/bsd.tools.mk"
Move the inclusion of tools.mk ahead of bsd.buildlink3.mk so that tools.mk can include buildlink3.mk files. This change also causes work/.tools/bin to appear after work/.buildlink/bin in the PATH, but we never relied on this behaviour, so this side-effect should have no impact.
2004-04-27 21:23:34 +02:00
Simplify unprivileged builds by adding a new variable, UNPRIVILEGED, that, when set to YES, changes multiple defaults to let this work properly.
2005-05-29 19:12:15 +02:00
# Unprivileged builds
.include "../../mk/unprivileged.mk"
compiler.mk uses the following tools to compute the values of variables at the time that they're defined: ${AWK}, ${GREP}, ${SED}, ${TRUE}. Move the inclusion of compiler.mk below the inclusion of bsd.tools.mk so that these variables are properly defined by the time they are used. This should fix problems where pkgsrc gcc was not being properly detected when using the new tools framework. This change has the side effect of changing the relative order of the compiler directories and the tool directory in the PATH, but this has no impact on existing packages, and actually makes more sense anyway.
2005-05-14 08:04:44 +02:00
# If NO_BUILD is defined, default to not needing a compiler.
.if defined(NO_BUILD)
USE_LANGUAGES?= # empty
.endif
# Get the proper dependencies and set the PATH to use the compiler
# named in PKGSRC_COMPILER.
#
.include "../../mk/compiler.mk"
Always include wrapper/bl3, period, even if NO_BUILD.
2005-04-05 16:00:33 +02:00
.include "../../mk/wrapper/bsd.wrapper.mk"
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
If USE_ABI_DEPENDS=no, do not add the BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.$pkg to BUILD_DEPENDS. (I posted about this to pkgsrc-users on April 14.)
2006-05-06 05:28:44 +02:00
.if defined(ABI_DEPENDS) || defined(BUILD_ABI_DEPENDS)
Over 1200 files touched but no revisions bumped :) RECOMMENDED is removed. It becomes ABI_DEPENDS. BUILDLINK_RECOMMENDED.foo becomes BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.foo. BUILDLINK_DEPENDS.foo becomes BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo. BUILDLINK_DEPENDS does not change. IGNORE_RECOMMENDED (which defaulted to "no") becomes USE_ABI_DEPENDS which defaults to "yes". Added to obsolete.mk checking for IGNORE_RECOMMENDED. I did not manually go through and fix any aesthetic tab/spacing issues. I have tested the above patch on DragonFly building and packaging subversion and pkglint and their many dependencies. I have also tested USE_ABI_DEPENDS=no on my NetBSD workstation (where I have used IGNORE_RECOMMENDED for a long time). I have been an active user of IGNORE_RECOMMENDED since it was available. As suggested, I removed the documentation sentences suggesting bumping for "security" issues. As discussed on tech-pkg. I will commit to revbump, pkglint, pkg_install, createbuildlink separately. Note that if you use wip, it will fail! I will commit to pkgsrc-wip later (within day).
2006-04-06 08:21:32 +02:00
. if !empty(USE_ABI_DEPENDS:M[yY][eE][sS])
DEPENDS+= ${ABI_DEPENDS}
If USE_ABI_DEPENDS=no, do not add the BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.$pkg to BUILD_DEPENDS. (I posted about this to pkgsrc-users on April 14.)
2006-05-06 05:28:44 +02:00
BUILD_DEPENDS+= ${BUILD_ABI_DEPENDS}
Process RECOMMENDED *after* including bsd.buildlink3.mk; else it has no real effect at all.
2004-08-24 02:27:13 +02:00
. else
Over 1200 files touched but no revisions bumped :) RECOMMENDED is removed. It becomes ABI_DEPENDS. BUILDLINK_RECOMMENDED.foo becomes BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.foo. BUILDLINK_DEPENDS.foo becomes BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo. BUILDLINK_DEPENDS does not change. IGNORE_RECOMMENDED (which defaulted to "no") becomes USE_ABI_DEPENDS which defaults to "yes". Added to obsolete.mk checking for IGNORE_RECOMMENDED. I did not manually go through and fix any aesthetic tab/spacing issues. I have tested the above patch on DragonFly building and packaging subversion and pkglint and their many dependencies. I have also tested USE_ABI_DEPENDS=no on my NetBSD workstation (where I have used IGNORE_RECOMMENDED for a long time). I have been an active user of IGNORE_RECOMMENDED since it was available. As suggested, I removed the documentation sentences suggesting bumping for "security" issues. As discussed on tech-pkg. I will commit to revbump, pkglint, pkg_install, createbuildlink separately. Note that if you use wip, it will fail! I will commit to pkgsrc-wip later (within day).
2006-04-06 08:21:32 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= USE_ABI_DEPENDS
Process RECOMMENDED *after* including bsd.buildlink3.mk; else it has no real effect at all.
2004-08-24 02:27:13 +02:00
. endif
.endif
Merge down deferred PREPEND_PATH handling from the tv-derecurse branch. Also merge in deferred CLASSPATH handling, which can now be moved back to java-vm.mk for cleanliness.
2005-01-24 20:32:33 +01:00
# Find out the PREFIX of dependencies where the PREFIX is needed at build time.
.if defined(EVAL_PREFIX)
Instead of structuring code so that variables defined by the EVAL_PREFIX loop are only used afterwards, split out the EVAL_PREFIX code into a separate file find-prefix.mk that can be included at any point to generate a prefix-computation for the variables specified by FIND_PREFIX at the inclusion point.
2005-05-12 22:41:10 +02:00
FIND_PREFIX:= ${EVAL_PREFIX}
. include "../../mk/find-prefix.mk"
Merge down deferred PREPEND_PATH handling from the tv-derecurse branch. Also merge in deferred CLASSPATH handling, which can now be moved back to java-vm.mk for cleanliness.
2005-01-24 20:32:33 +01:00
.endif
.if !defined(_PATH_ORIG)
_PATH_ORIG:= ${PATH}
MAKEFLAGS+= _PATH_ORIG=${_PATH_ORIG:Q}
Fix handling of PREPEND_PATH in dependency-recursed builds.
2005-01-27 12:21:46 +01:00
.endif
Merge down deferred PREPEND_PATH handling from the tv-derecurse branch. Also merge in deferred CLASSPATH handling, which can now be moved back to java-vm.mk for cleanliness.
2005-01-24 20:32:33 +01:00
Rewrote the _PATH_CMD command, which could not handle a PATH environment variable before if it had multiple adjacent white-space characters in it. Removed the dependency on awk(1), as a simple shell script can do this job, too. Another change is that all kinds of weird pathnames can be used for PREPEND_PATH, like /bin, "/bin/Program Files", "/ ", /foo\ bar, and so on. This had not been possible before, too. Related to PR 32079. Ok'ed by jlam.
2005-11-15 22:21:01 +01:00
.if !empty(PREPEND_PATH:M*)
Merge down deferred PREPEND_PATH handling from the tv-derecurse branch. Also merge in deferred CLASSPATH handling, which can now be moved back to java-vm.mk for cleanliness.
2005-01-24 20:32:33 +01:00
# This is very Special. Because PREPEND_PATH is set with += in reverse order,
Rewrote the _PATH_CMD command, which could not handle a PATH environment variable before if it had multiple adjacent white-space characters in it. Removed the dependency on awk(1), as a simple shell script can do this job, too. Another change is that all kinds of weird pathnames can be used for PREPEND_PATH, like /bin, "/bin/Program Files", "/ ", /foo\ bar, and so on. This had not been possible before, too. Related to PR 32079. Ok'ed by jlam.
2005-11-15 22:21:01 +01:00
# this command reverses the order again (since bootstrap bmake doesn't
Merge down deferred PREPEND_PATH handling from the tv-derecurse branch. Also merge in deferred CLASSPATH handling, which can now be moved back to java-vm.mk for cleanliness.
2005-01-24 20:32:33 +01:00
# yet support the :[-1..1] construct).
Rewrote the _PATH_CMD command, which could not handle a PATH environment variable before if it had multiple adjacent white-space characters in it. Removed the dependency on awk(1), as a simple shell script can do this job, too. Another change is that all kinds of weird pathnames can be used for PREPEND_PATH, like /bin, "/bin/Program Files", "/ ", /foo\ bar, and so on. This had not been possible before, too. Related to PR 32079. Ok'ed by jlam.
2005-11-15 22:21:01 +01:00
_PATH_CMD= \
path=${_PATH_ORIG:Q}; \
for i in ${PREPEND_PATH}; do path="$$i:$$path"; done; \
${ECHO} "$$path"
PATH= ${_PATH_CMD:sh} # DOES NOT use :=, to defer evaluation
Merge down deferred PREPEND_PATH handling from the tv-derecurse branch. Also merge in deferred CLASSPATH handling, which can now be moved back to java-vm.mk for cleanliness.
2005-01-24 20:32:33 +01:00
.endif
* Move pkgsrc/mk/compiler/bsd.compiler.mk to pkgsrc/mk/compiler.mk. Package Makefiles may now directly include compiler.mk. * Don't include compiler.mk within bsd.prefs.mk any longer. It was only included for the purposes of defining CC_VERSION. Packages that want to test the value of CC_VERSION should now first include "../../mk/compiler.mk". Any GCC_REQD statements in package Makefiles should be set before compiler.mk is included. * Simpllfy pkgsrc/mk/compiler/*.mk files as a result of not needing to be included indirectly by bsd.prefs.mk. We remove the special handling associated with detecting whether the file was included from within bsd.prefs.mk. These files are now much more straightforward to write and understand. * G/C the BSD_PREFS_MK stack mechanism as the only users (compiler/*) no longer need it. * Ensure that directories are prepended to the PATH only from within bsd.pkg.mk.
2004-02-18 14:32:38 +01:00
Rename PATH_ENV to BUILD_ENV, which better expresses what it's for. BUILD_ENV is used to set the environment for the sub-make processes that are invoked for each phase after and including buildlink.
2004-02-21 13:29:23 +01:00
# Add these bits to the environment use when invoking the sub-make
# processes for build-related phases.
#
Move the PREPEND_PATH for LOCALBASE/bin (and optionally X11BASE/bin) to a spot that will come before compiler.mk (in bsd.prefs.mk). Previously, LOCALBASE/bin was appearing earlier in the path than work/.<compiler>/bin, which could cause the Wrong Thing to happen.
2005-01-27 05:05:08 +01:00
BUILD_ENV+= PATH=${PATH:Q}
We only prepend a directory to the PATH if we haven't already done so (by checking PREPEND_PATH) and only for those phases of the build that care about the PATH (buildlink or later). We also pass the PATH to those same phases of the build so that executing ${CC} will work correctly from custom {pre,do,post}-* targets that occur at buildlink time or later.
2004-02-06 04:04:50 +01:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.MAIN: all
################################################################
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Many ways to disable a package.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
Revert last change. I only tested this on netbsd-1-4; it doesn't seem to work on netbsd-1-5 at all.
2000-09-07 04:29:40 +02:00
# Ignore packages that can't be resold if building for a CDROM.
Introduce a new category, "crypto", with a special property: If the user sets MKCRYPTO=no, packages in this category won't be fetched, installed, built, or packaged. Also, binary package users forbidden, by law, from using strong cryptography would presumably find the list on the category's automatically generated web page useful for ensuring compliance.
2000-09-06 22:28:32 +02:00
#
Correct a factual error in the comment "ways to disable a package": we actually check for "X", and not just Motif. Also, clean up word wrap, and rearrange the sections to be in the same order as the checks they refer to.
2000-09-07 17:26:52 +02:00
# Don't build a package if it's restricted and we don't want to
# get into that.
#
Add a new mechanism for handling "crypto" packages, as discussed on tech-pkg. Setting either USE_SSL or CRYPTO in the package's Makefile will permit the package to build or not, depending on the setting of MKCRYPTO (set to yes by default).
2000-09-09 20:45:16 +02:00
# Don't build any package that utilizes strong cryptography, for
# when the law of the land forbids it.
#
Correct a factual error in the comment "ways to disable a package": we actually check for "X", and not just Motif. Also, clean up word wrap, and rearrange the sections to be in the same order as the checks they refer to.
2000-09-07 17:26:52 +02:00
# Don't attempt to build packages against X if we don't have X.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Don't build a package if it's broken.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
* Garbage collect IGNORE -> SKIP migration. * {NOT,ONLY}_FOR_PLATHOME mismatch is not an error. Set PKG_SKIP_REASON for those cases. This makes bulk builds happier.
2002-12-27 07:53:42 +01:00
.if !defined(NO_SKIP)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (defined(NO_BIN_ON_CDROM) && defined(FOR_CDROM))
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} may not be placed in binary form on a CDROM:" \
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
" "${NO_BIN_ON_CDROM:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if (defined(NO_SRC_ON_CDROM) && defined(FOR_CDROM))
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} may not be placed in source form on a CDROM:" \
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
" "${NO_SRC_ON_CDROM:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if (defined(RESTRICTED) && defined(NO_RESTRICTED))
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} is restricted:" \
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
" "${RESTRICTED:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if !(${MKCRYPTO} == "YES" || ${MKCRYPTO} == yes)
Deprecate USE_SSL.
2002-07-02 17:25:49 +02:00
. if defined(CRYPTO)
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} may not be built, because it utilizes strong cryptography"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Add a new mechanism for handling "crypto" packages, as discussed on tech-pkg. Setting either USE_SSL or CRYPTO in the package's Makefile will permit the package to build or not, depending on the setting of MKCRYPTO (set to yes by default).
2000-09-09 20:45:16 +02:00
. endif
Use X11_TYPE check instead of USE_PKGSRC_XFREE86. It's safe to use the value of X11_TYPE here since it's defined in bsd.buildlink3.mk which is included before this check. This fixes breakage for packages that set USE_X11 due to USE_PKGSRC_XFREE86 not being defined before it's used.
2004-03-29 18:01:39 +02:00
. if defined(USE_X11) && !exists(${X11BASE})
. if ${X11_TYPE} == "native"
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} uses X11, but ${X11BASE} not found"
Use X11_TYPE check instead of USE_PKGSRC_XFREE86. It's safe to use the value of X11_TYPE here since it's defined in bsd.buildlink3.mk which is included before this check. This fixes breakage for packages that set USE_X11 due to USE_PKGSRC_XFREE86 not being defined before it's used.
2004-03-29 18:01:39 +02:00
. else
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} ${X11BASE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${CHOWN} ${ROOT_USER}:${ROOT_GROUP} ${X11BASE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${CHMOD} ${PKGDIRMODE} ${X11BASE}
. endif
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
. if defined(BROKEN)
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} is marked as broken:" ${BROKEN:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(LICENSE)
Collapse two .for blocks to improve readability: _ULIMIT_CMD to use a ${...:@var@loop ...@} construct _ACCEPTABLE to use a !empty(var:Mfoo) conditional
2005-11-18 18:07:13 +01:00
. if defined(ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES) && !empty(ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES:M${LICENSE})
Add an ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES definition to /etc/mk.conf. This is a whitespace-delimited list, and details which types of licences are allowed. Package Makefiles with non-standard licences (shareware, non-commercial-use only) should have a LICENCE= <type> added. Normal package Makefiles remain unchanged. Add logic to bsd.pkg.mk to check, if LICENCE is defined, that the package is acceptable.
1998-07-06 17:10:48 +02:00
_ACCEPTABLE= yes
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
Found another two uses of .ifndef and .ifdef. Converted them to .if [!]defined().
2005-05-14 04:03:00 +02:00
. if !defined(_ACCEPTABLE)
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
PKG_FAIL_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} has an unacceptable license: ${LICENSE}." \
Update the wording a bit when a license is not accepted, to better indicate the proper process: first read the license, then accept, and indicate so in /etc/mk.conf: yui% make ===> graphviz-1.12 has an unacceptable license: graphviz-license. ===> To view the license, enter "/usr/bin/make show-license". ===> To indicate acceptance, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf: ===> ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=graphviz-license *** Error code 1
2004-10-01 02:23:18 +02:00
" To view the license, enter \"${MAKE} show-license\"." \
" To indicate acceptance, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf:" \
" ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=${LICENSE}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # _ACCEPTABLE
. endif # LICENSE
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
Move all settings of IGNORE into one spot. No need for the arch-checking code (ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM, NOT_FOR_PLATFORM) to be located elsewhere. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-05-31 00:36:53 +02:00
# Define __PLATFORM_OK only if the OS matches the pkg's allowed list.
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM) && !empty(ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM)
. for __tmp__ in ${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:M${__tmp__}} != ""
Move all settings of IGNORE into one spot. No need for the arch-checking code (ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM, NOT_FOR_PLATFORM) to be located elsewhere. Inspired by OpenBSD.
2000-05-31 00:36:53 +02:00
__PLATFORM_OK?= yes
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # MACHINE_PLATFORM
. endfor # __tmp__
. else # !ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM
__PLATFORM_OK?= yes
. endif # ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM
. for __tmp__ in ${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}
. if ${MACHINE_PLATFORM:M${__tmp__}} != ""
. undef __PLATFORM_OK
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
. endif # MACHINE_PLATFORM
. endfor # __tmp__
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !defined(__PLATFORM_OK)
* Garbage collect IGNORE -> SKIP migration. * {NOT,ONLY}_FOR_PLATHOME mismatch is not an error. Set PKG_SKIP_REASON for those cases. This makes bulk builds happier.
2002-12-27 07:53:42 +01:00
PKG_SKIP_REASON+= "${PKGNAME} is not available for ${MACHINE_PLATFORM}"
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # !__PLATFORM_OK
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
#
# Now print some error messages that we know we should ignore the pkg
#
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
. if defined(PKG_FAIL_REASON) || defined(PKG_SKIP_REASON)
The new target do-check-pkg-fail-reason should to be a dependency of every top level target that is intended to be called by the user or by a package different from the current package. It provides the same action as the "main" targets like "fetch", "expand", "build" before in case PKG_FAIL_REASON is set, that is it prints all PKG_FAIL_REASONs and fails. Fixes PR 32202. Implementation notes: - The target names have the "do-" prefix to not pollute the bsd.pkg.check.mk namespace. - The PKG_SKIP_REASON has no influence on the do-check-pkg-fail-reason target, although both are handled with the same code.
2005-12-01 01:17:05 +01:00
.PHONY: do-check-pkg-fail-or-skip-reason
do not check for ACCEPTABLE_LICENCES when deinstalling. closes PR pkg/13211
2001-06-19 13:54:56 +02:00
fetch checksum extract patch configure all build install package \
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
update depends do-check-pkg-fail-or-skip-reason:
* Garbage collect IGNORE -> SKIP migration. * {NOT,ONLY}_FOR_PLATHOME mismatch is not an error. Set PKG_SKIP_REASON for those cases. This makes bulk builds happier.
2002-12-27 07:53:42 +01:00
. if defined(SKIP_SILENT)
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Whitespace police - no functional change
2004-12-21 18:30:07 +01:00
@for str in ${PKG_FAIL_REASON} ${PKG_SKIP_REASON}; do \
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
${PHASE_MSG} "$$str"; \
* Prevent " etc. in RESTRICTED (NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{CDROM,FTP}) and BROKEN from producing errors * Rework IGNORE handling: - IGNORE messages must now include the pkg's name - if multiple reasons exist for a pkg to be ignored, they are now all printed - IGNORECMD is gone * Make 'mirror-distfiles' not print a warning if NO_SRC_ON_FTP is set (I really don't want to see that list every day!) * Catch one leftover 'depends' -> 'install-depends'
2000-08-19 17:32:15 +02:00
done
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Replace IGNORE into PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON, so pkgsrc can stop builds when a dependency is broken, yet continue builds when a dependency is merely skipped (usually because it duplicates functionality in the base system). Thus IGNORE_FAIL, the oft-misunderstood and naught-documented option, goes away. This addresses many people's complaints on tech-pkg@ and other lists, as well as PR pkg/18157.
2002-12-07 03:37:56 +01:00
. if defined(PKG_FAIL_REASON)
@${FALSE}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
* Garbage collect IGNORE -> SKIP migration. * {NOT,ONLY}_FOR_PLATHOME mismatch is not an error. Set PKG_SKIP_REASON for those cases. This makes bulk builds happier.
2002-12-27 07:53:42 +01:00
. endif # SKIP
.endif # !NO_SKIP
Re-move .if!defined(__ARCH_OK) to fix use of NO_IGNORE; document some .endif's
1998-01-25 15:46:10 +01:00
The new target do-check-pkg-fail-reason should to be a dependency of every top level target that is intended to be called by the user or by a package different from the current package. It provides the same action as the "main" targets like "fetch", "expand", "build" before in case PKG_FAIL_REASON is set, that is it prints all PKG_FAIL_REASONs and fails. Fixes PR 32202. Implementation notes: - The target names have the "do-" prefix to not pollute the bsd.pkg.check.mk namespace. - The PKG_SKIP_REASON has no influence on the do-check-pkg-fail-reason target, although both are handled with the same code.
2005-12-01 01:17:05 +01:00
.PHONY: do-check-pkg-fail-reason
do-check-pkg-fail-reason:
@${DO_NADA}
# This target should appear as a dependency of every top level target that
# is intended to be called by the user or by a package different from the
# current package.
.if defined(PKG_FAIL_REASON)
do-check-pkg-fail-reason: do-check-pkg-fail-or-skip-reason
.endif
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
# Add these defs to the ones dumped into +BUILD_DEFS
* Make sure PKGPATH gets added to BUILD_DEFS (I thought it was there for a long time. Oh well.) * Only replace the value of PATH for "PATH", not any variable whose name starts with PATH (like PKGPATH :-) Hinted by Jason R. Mastaler <jason@mastaler.com> on tech-pkg.
2000-11-27 23:24:49 +01:00
BUILD_DEFS+= PKGPATH
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= OPSYS OS_VERSION MACHINE_ARCH MACHINE_GNU_ARCH
make sure FFLAGS ends up in MAKE_ENV as well as BUILD_DEFS. This allows you to do make FFLAGS='-my -f -flags' and at least the pkgs which obey FFLAGS use them.
2002-01-22 19:15:20 +01:00
BUILD_DEFS+= CPPFLAGS CFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= CONFIGURE_ENV CONFIGURE_ARGS
Add 'RESTRICTED' to ${BUILD_DEFS}, so that any restrictions are recorded in the binary package.
2000-07-23 20:42:48 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= OBJECT_FMT LICENSE RESTRICTED
* Replace MIRROR_DISTFILES with NO_SRC_ON_FTP * Replace NO_CDROM with NO_SRC_ON_CDROM and NO_BIN_ON_CDROM * Add NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM} to BUILD_DEFS (in case someone wants to re-distribute a binary pkg, so he has a chance to know about resitrictions) * Adjust 'mirror-distfiles' target for NO_SRC_ON_FTP
2000-08-19 00:43:19 +02:00
BUILD_DEFS+= NO_SRC_ON_FTP NO_SRC_ON_CDROM
BUILD_DEFS+= NO_BIN_ON_FTP NO_BIN_ON_CDROM
+ Add and document the PKG_RELATIVE_SYMLINKS option, which makes sure that a symbolic link in a package is relative to ${PREFIX}, if it is under ${PREFIX}, using the -l argument to pkg_create. + Build a +BUILD_INFO file with appropriate information from the package build. Thanks to Christoph Badura for pointers to the appropriate information.
1998-10-20 18:01:03 +02:00
add OSVERSION_SPECIFIC to BUILD_DEFS if defined so it ends up in the binary package. This way we can look at a binary package and determine what versions of the OS it may run on.
2001-07-07 19:10:36 +02:00
.if defined(OSVERSION_SPECIFIC)
BUILD_DEFS+= OSVERSION_SPECIFIC
.endif # OSVERSION_SPECIFIC
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: all
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(all)
Due to the special handling of pkgtools/digest in pkgsrc (it must be installed before the normal dependency checks), on a system without any packages installed, we can run into the problem where digest won't install because it has already been installed as part of installing a build dependency. This can happen if, e.g., PKGSRC_COMPILER is set to "ccache gcc", and you try to build devel/gmake. Change the way that the uptodate-digest target installs pkgtools/digest by ensuring that pkgtools/digest is deinstalled just before installing it.
2004-03-22 05:07:15 +01:00
all: ${_PKGSRC_BUILD_TARGETS}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
################################################################
# The following are used to create easy dummy targets for
# disabling some bit of default target behavior you don't want.
# They still check to see if the target exists, and if so don't
# do anything, since you might want to set this globally for a
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# group of packages in a Makefile.inc, but still be able to
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# override from an individual Makefile.
################################################################
# Disable checksum
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: checksum
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
.if (defined(NO_CHECKSUM) || exists(${_EXTRACT_COOKIE})) && !target(checksum)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
checksum: fetch
@${DO_NADA}
.endif
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
# Disable wrapper
.PHONY: wrapper
USE_BUILDLINK3 is no longer optional (and cannot be turned off). Per mail to tech-pkg: ===== * USE_BUILDLINK3=YES will be unconditional. (In fact, USE_BUILDLINK3 will be ignored altogether by mk/; but see below.) * NO_BUILDLINK and NO_WRAPPER will be ignored by mk/. If a build happens, these phases will happen. * The existing NO_BUILD will imply the previous NO_BUILDLINK and NO_WRAPPER. If no build happens, those phases are not needed. * NO_TOOLS will be ignored by mk/. The tools phase, which provides much more than just the C compiler, will always happen regardless of package. This will make metapackage builds only slightly slower, in trade for far less user error.
2005-03-24 18:46:00 +01:00
.if defined(NO_BUILD) && !target(wrapper)
Separate out the part of bsd.tools.mk that actually created the tools into a new file pkgsrc/mk/tools/create.mk. This leaves bsd.tools.mk as a file that pulls in all of the other ones. Also move the tools-related targets from bsd.pkg.mk into bsd.tools.mk. The tools cookie file has been removed, as well as hooks for {pre,do,post}-tools. Instead, there is now only a single public target "tools" which may be invoked. Invoking "tools" will always cause all of the tools in ${TOOLS_DIR} to be created. The "tools" step has been moved and is now just after the "depends" step and before sources are extracted. This is the earliest place where the "tools" step can be taken, and it allows the created tools to be used in all steps/phases after it, starting with "extract". As a consequence, we should just invoke tools by their bare names in targets, e.g. awk, sed, patch, etc., instead of with the ${VARIABLE} names, e.g. ${AWK}, ${SED}, ${PATCH}, etc.
2006-06-06 08:30:29 +02:00
wrapper: patch
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_WRAPPER_COOKIE}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Disable configure
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: configure
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if defined(NO_CONFIGURE) && !target(configure)
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
configure: wrapper
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_CONFIGURE_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
# Disable build
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: build
Always run the pkginstall framework targets to generate the INSTALL/DEINSTALL and rc.d scripts, regardless of whether NO_BUILD is defined or not. We do this by renaming the main "build" target to "_build", and creating a new "build" target that has "_build" and "pkginstall" as dependencies. This allows the "build" and "install" targets to be consecutive, so no changes in behavior are visible to the user. Because the pkginstall targets are no longer run within the protection of the locks during the build phase, we need to manage locking within a new "pkginstall" target.
2006-03-15 17:20:11 +01:00
.if defined(NO_BUILD)
_build: configure
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_BUILD_COOKIE}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
################################################################
# More standard targets start here.
#
# These are the body of the build/install framework. If you are
# not happy with the default actions, and you can't solve it by
# adding pre-* or post-* targets/scripts, override these.
################################################################
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
# acquire-lock, release-lock are .USE macro targets for acquiring and
# release coarse-grained locks.
#
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
_LOCKFILE= ${WRKDIR}/.lockfile
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
acquire-lock: .USE
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
.if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "none"
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
@${DO_NADA}
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
.else
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
@if ${TEST} ! -x ${SHLOCK:Q}""; then \
${ERROR_MSG} "The ${SHLOCK:Q} utility does not exist, and is necessary for locking."; \
${ERROR_MSG} "Please \""${MAKE:Q}" install\" in ../../pkgtools/shlock."; \
exit 1; \
fi
. if !defined(OBJHOSTNAME)
@${ERROR_MSG} "PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE needs OBJHOSTNAME defined."; \
exit 1
. endif
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}set -e; \
When setting up the lockfile, don't store whitespace printed by ps(1), so that % make ===> do-fetch [digest-20021220] ===> Checking for vulnerabilities in digest-20021220 => Lock acquired on behalf of process 356 => Lock released on behalf of process 356 becomes % make ===> do-fetch [digest-20021220] ===> Checking for vulnerabilities in digest-20021220 => Lock acquired on behalf of process 814 => Lock released on behalf of process 814
2003-06-14 18:53:00 +02:00
ppid=`${PS} -p $$$$ -o ppid | ${AWK} 'NR == 2 { print $$1 }'`; \
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
if ${TEST} -z "$$ppid"; then \
${ERROR_MSG} "No parent process ID found."; \
exit 1; \
catch locking failure case where we couldn't find the parent's process ID. from Roland Illig.
2004-07-04 00:11:56 +02:00
fi; \
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
while ${TRUE}; do \
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
if ${TEST} -f /var/run/dmesg.boot -a -f ${_LOCKFILE}; then \
rebooted=`${FIND} /var/run/dmesg.boot -newer ${_LOCKFILE} -print`; \
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
if ${TEST} -n "$$rebooted"; then \
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
${STEP_MSG} "Removing stale ${_LOCKFILE}"; \
${RM} -f ${_LOCKFILE}; \
Don't use the -nt operator for ${TEST}. It is not defined in POSIX, and not provided by the Solaris 9 /bin/sh. Use the find(1) -newer expression instead, as it expresses exactly what we want, compared to the "ls -t" hack.
2005-02-12 01:27:41 +01:00
fi; \
Check that the lockfile isn't stale from being left over across a system reboot by testing whether or not /var/run/dmesg.boot is newer than it or not. Fix suggested by agc@NetBSD.org and simonb@NetBSD.org.
2003-09-09 13:00:30 +02:00
fi; \
Ensure the directory containing the lockfile is created prior to the lockfile's creation. Fixes the "depends" step when PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE is not "none".
2006-06-05 04:22:49 +02:00
${MKDIR} ${_LOCKFILE:H}; \
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
if ${SHLOCK} -f ${_LOCKFILE} -p $$ppid; then \
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
break; \
fi; \
case ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE:Q}"" in \
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
once) ${ERROR_MSG} "Lock is held by pid `${CAT} ${_LOCKFILE}`"; \
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
exit 1; \
;; \
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
sleep) ${STEP_MSG} "Lock is held by pid `${CAT} ${_LOCKFILE}`"; \
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
${SLEEP} ${PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS}; \
;; \
esac; \
done
. if defined(PKG_VERBOSE)
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
@${STEP_MSG} "Lock acquired for ${.TARGET:S/^acquire-//:S/-lock$//} on behalf of process `${CAT} ${_LOCKFILE}`"
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
. endif
.endif
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
release-lock: .USE
.if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "none"
@${DO_NADA}
.else
. if defined(PKG_VERBOSE)
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
@${STEP_MSG} "Lock released for ${.TARGET:S/^release-//:S/-lock$//} on behalf of process `${CAT} ${_LOCKFILE}`"
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
. endif
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${_LOCKFILE}
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
.endif
Add a MIRROR_DISTFILE variable; defaults to "yes", and should be set to "no" in a package's Makefile when the authors have placed restrictions on the redistribution of the distfiles. (Thanks to Jason Thorpe for the idea). Add a `mirror' target, which will do a "make fetch" if the package's distfile is allowed to be redistributed. This is for use on sites which mirror package distfiles. (Thanks to Charles Hannum for the idea).
1998-01-22 11:20:48 +01:00
Introduce "makedirs" as a helper target to create directories with unprivileged ownership.
2006-06-08 18:21:51 +02:00
.PHONY: makedirs
makedirs: ${WRKDIR}
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
${WRKDIR}:
.if !defined(KEEP_WRKDIR)
. if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "sleep" || ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "once"
Move test for the lockfile within the target's shell code instead of testing for it at the Makefile level.
2006-06-04 07:25:08 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Make LOCKFILE into a "private" variable by prepending with an underscore.
2006-06-04 08:09:36 +02:00
${TEST} -f ${_LOCKFILE} || ${RM} -fr ${WRKDIR}
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
. endif
.endif
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MKDIR} ${WRKDIR}
Split out the "work" symlink creation into a separate step and add it as a source for the "makedirs" target. This ensures the symlink is created regardless of whether ${WRKDIR} already exists or not.
2006-06-11 04:14:45 +02:00
# Create a symlink from ${WRKDIR} to the package directory if
# CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK is "yes".
#
CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK?= yes
.if defined(WRKOBJDIR) && !empty(CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK:M[Yy][Ee][Ss])
makedirs: ${.CURDIR}/${WRKDIR_BASENAME}
${.CURDIR}/${WRKDIR_BASENAME}:
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
. if ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "sleep" || ${PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE} == "once"
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Split out the "work" symlink creation into a separate step and add it as a source for the "makedirs" target. This ensures the symlink is created regardless of whether ${WRKDIR} already exists or not.
2006-06-11 04:14:45 +02:00
${TEST} -f ${_LOCKFILE} || ${RM} -f ${.TARGET}
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
. endif
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Split out the "work" symlink creation into a separate step and add it as a source for the "makedirs" target. This ensures the symlink is created regardless of whether ${WRKDIR} already exists or not.
2006-06-11 04:14:45 +02:00
if ${LN} -s ${WRKDIR} ${.TARGET} 2>/dev/null; then \
${ECHO} "${.TARGET:T} -> ${WRKDIR}"; \
* Turn _SHELL_EXTRACT into a "subroutine" for extracting an archive. It extracts the contents of archive named by the shell variable "extract_file" based on the file extension of the archive. The contents are dumped into the current directory. * Unify the EXTRACT_CMD handling. We now define the default EXTRACT_CMD to be ${_SHELL_EXTRACT} (see above). Otherwise, if it's already defined in the package Makefile, then that EXTRACT_CMD is used to extract all of the archives. * Rearrange the locking code so that it's localized instead of interspersed in the extraction code. * Add EXTRACT_CMD definitions for files that are only compressed (foo.c.gz) that decompress the file into ${WRKDIR}.
2002-02-25 05:43:55 +01:00
fi
Split out the "work" symlink creation into a separate step and add it as a source for the "makedirs" target. This ensures the symlink is created regardless of whether ${WRKDIR} already exists or not.
2006-06-11 04:14:45 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Move the REPLACE_PERL code into a separate configure pre-requisite target "replace-perl", instead of keeping it as part of the do-patch target. Now, a "make patch" will result in just the patched sources.
2001-11-30 04:48:14 +01:00
# Configure
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
# _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before
# do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the
Fix a typo in a comment
2003-07-08 13:48:37 +02:00
# do-configure target. The targets are run as dependencies of
Fix for _CONFIGURE_PREREQ targets not being run when a package defines a do-configure target. To do this I've introduced a new target, pre-configure-overrides, that depends on ${_CONFIGURE_PREREQ}. It's run after pre-configure but before do-configure. This fixes pkg/22077, and allows benchmarks/benchfft to build correctly on a -current cats box. Reviewed by wiz@
2003-07-08 11:20:30 +02:00
# pre-configure-override.
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
#
# _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before
# post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by
# the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
.if defined(USE_PKGLOCALEDIR)
_PKGLOCALEDIR= ${PREFIX}/${PKGLOCALEDIR}/locale
REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS?= # empty
_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS= ${REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS}
. if defined(HAS_CONFIGURE) || defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
Allow more case variations on "Makefile" to be included in USE_PKGLOCALEDIR transformations.
2004-02-13 13:03:06 +01:00
_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS+= [Mm]akefile.in*
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
. else
Allow more case variations on "Makefile" to be included in USE_PKGLOCALEDIR transformations.
2004-02-13 13:03:06 +01:00
_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS+= [Mm]akefile*
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
. endif
Change instances where we stored `shell command` in a make variable into variables that use the :sh modifier. This still causes expansion to only happen when referenced, and has the advantage of being :Q-safe. Bring back the changes from revision 1.19 of mk/subst.mk now that the problem noted above has been fixed. This passes the buildlink-unwrap regression test.
2005-05-20 23:36:05 +02:00
_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS_FIND_cmd= \
In computing _REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS_FIND_cmd, make sure the :sh operator does not result in an empty string as make(1) doesn't like them. Also, rewrite the variable substitution for the find(1) command to be more readable, and get rid of the extra grep(1) in favor of using :N.
2005-05-21 03:55:53 +02:00
cd ${WRKSRC} && \
${ECHO} "__dummy-entry__" && \
${FIND} . \( ${_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS:C/.*/-o -name "&"/g:S/-o//1} \) -print \
| ${SED} -e 's|^\./||' \
| ${SORT} -u
REPLACE_LOCALEDIR?= # empty
_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR= \
${REPLACE_LOCALEDIR} \
${_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR_PATTERNS_FIND_cmd:sh:N__dummy-entry__:N*.orig}
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= subst-pkglocaledir
. if empty(USE_PKGLOCALEDIR:M[nN][oO])
SUBST_CLASSES+= pkglocaledir
. endif
Unquoted SUBST_MESSAGE.*, as this is no longer needed.
2006-01-21 11:10:42 +01:00
SUBST_MESSAGE.pkglocaledir= Fixing locale directory references.
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
SUBST_FILES.pkglocaledir= ${_REPLACE_LOCALEDIR}
SUBST_SED.pkglocaledir= \
-e 's|^\(localedir[ :]*=\).*|\1 ${_PKGLOCALEDIR}|' \
-e 's|^\(gnulocaledir[ :]*=\).*|\1 ${_PKGLOCALEDIR}|' \
In SUBST_SED.pkglocaledir, escape the rest of the line in the pattern. Saves trailing \ properly. Addresses PR pkg/26022 by Akio OBATA.
2004-06-23 13:42:18 +02:00
-e 's|\(-DLOCALEDIR[ ]*=\)[^ ]*\(\.\*\)|\1"\\"${_PKGLOCALEDIR}\\""\2|'
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
.endif
Move the REPLACE_PERL code into a separate configure pre-requisite target "replace-perl", instead of keeping it as part of the do-patch target. Now, a "make patch" will result in just the patched sources.
2001-11-30 04:48:14 +01:00
.if defined(REPLACE_PERL)
Append perl to the list of interpreters to be replaced if ${REPLACE_PERL} is set, rather than a straight assignation.
2003-07-09 18:18:06 +02:00
REPLACE_INTERPRETER+= perl
Since the REPLACE_INTERPRETER is used in more and more packages, it is not good style to make the package author define variables from the pkgsrc-internal namespace. The variables REPLACE.* and REPLACE_FILES.* can now be used as replacements for _REPLACE.* and _REPLACE_FILES.*. Support for the old variable names will be removed after 2006Q2.
2006-03-09 16:58:10 +01:00
REPLACE.perl.old= .*/bin/perl
REPLACE.perl.new= ${PERL5}
REPLACE_FILES.perl= ${REPLACE_PERL}
Make REPLACE_PERL more general, so that it will work with any interpreter, and also with multiple interpreters. Keep REPLACE_PERL for backwards compatibility.
2003-07-09 18:07:29 +02:00
.endif
Remove some extraneous commands and switch some targets to be conditionally defined.
2004-01-19 15:54:26 +01:00
.if defined(REPLACE_INTERPRETER)
Since the REPLACE_INTERPRETER is used in more and more packages, it is not good style to make the package author define variables from the pkgsrc-internal namespace. The variables REPLACE.* and REPLACE_FILES.* can now be used as replacements for _REPLACE.* and _REPLACE_FILES.*. Support for the old variable names will be removed after 2006Q2.
2006-03-09 16:58:10 +01:00
# After 2006Q2, all instances of _REPLACE.* and _REPLACE_FILES.* should
# have been replaced with REPLACE.* and REPLACE_FILES.*. This code is
# then no longer needed.
. for _lang_ in ${REPLACE_INTERPRETER}
REPLACE.${_lang_}.old?= ${_REPLACE.${_lang_}.old}
REPLACE.${_lang_}.new?= ${_REPLACE.${_lang_}.new}
REPLACE_FILES.${_lang_}?= ${_REPLACE_FILES.${_lang_}}
. endfor
Make REPLACE_PERL more general, so that it will work with any interpreter, and also with multiple interpreters. Keep REPLACE_PERL for backwards compatibility.
2003-07-09 18:07:29 +02:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= replace-interpreter
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: replace-interpreter
Make REPLACE_PERL more general, so that it will work with any interpreter, and also with multiple interpreters. Keep REPLACE_PERL for backwards compatibility.
2003-07-09 18:07:29 +02:00
replace-interpreter:
. for lang in ${REPLACE_INTERPRETER}
replace-interpreter should use REPLACE_FILES.${lang} instead of _REPLACE_FILES.${lang}
2006-03-10 12:02:00 +01:00
. for pattern in ${REPLACE_FILES.${lang}}
Move the REPLACE_PERL code into a separate configure pre-requisite target "replace-perl", instead of keeping it as part of the do-patch target. Now, a "make patch" will result in just the patched sources.
2001-11-30 04:48:14 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
cd ${WRKSRC}; \
extend REPLACE_INTERPRETER to accept shell wildcards
2004-03-02 16:25:23 +01:00
for f in ${pattern}; do \
Rewrite REPLACE_PERL as shell-loop, so one can use shell wildcards,e.g. REPLACE_PERL= *.cgi *.perl *.pl Code submitted by Amitai Schlair <schmonz@schmonz.com>
2002-03-24 15:06:22 +01:00
if [ -f $${f} ]; then \
replace-interpreter should use REPLACE_FILES.${lang} instead of _REPLACE_FILES.${lang}
2006-03-10 12:02:00 +01:00
${SED} -e '1s|^#!${REPLACE.${lang}.old}|#!${REPLACE.${lang}.new}|' \
Rewrite REPLACE_PERL as shell-loop, so one can use shell wildcards,e.g. REPLACE_PERL= *.cgi *.perl *.pl Code submitted by Amitai Schlair <schmonz@schmonz.com>
2002-03-24 15:06:22 +01:00
$${f} > $${f}.new; \
if [ -x $${f} ]; then \
${CHMOD} a+x $${f}.new; \
fi; \
${MV} -f $${f}.new $${f}; \
If the replace-interpreter program cannot find a file, a warning is printed.
2006-02-02 22:15:46 +01:00
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "[bsd.pkg.mk:replace-interpreter] WARNING: Skipping non-existent file \"$$f\"." 1>&2; \
Rewrite REPLACE_PERL as shell-loop, so one can use shell wildcards,e.g. REPLACE_PERL= *.cgi *.perl *.pl Code submitted by Amitai Schlair <schmonz@schmonz.com>
2002-03-24 15:06:22 +01:00
fi; \
done
extend REPLACE_INTERPRETER to accept shell wildcards
2004-03-02 16:25:23 +01:00
. endfor
Make REPLACE_PERL more general, so that it will work with any interpreter, and also with multiple interpreters. Keep REPLACE_PERL for backwards compatibility.
2003-07-09 18:07:29 +02:00
. endfor
o move REPLACE_PERL code to more proper location -- to the do-patch target; now it works when NO_CONFIGURE is set
2001-06-27 13:40:25 +02:00
.endif
Add USE_CURSES for packages that need curses functionality that only got added in 1.4Y; on older version of NetBSD, ncurses will be used. Replace previous code that did the same, but wasn't shared.
2000-07-28 12:33:56 +02:00
Remove some extraneous commands and switch some targets to be conditionally defined.
2004-01-19 15:54:26 +01:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL) && defined(LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE)
Rename "do-libtool" target to "do-ltconfig-override" as the new name is more descriptive. There is a separate step to replace the actual libtool script that is controlled by LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE within the "do-configure" target.
2001-11-30 04:19:04 +01:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= do-ltconfig-override
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: do-ltconfig-override
Rename "do-libtool" target to "do-ltconfig-override" as the new name is more descriptive. There is a separate step to replace the actual libtool script that is controlled by LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE within the "do-configure" target.
2001-11-30 04:19:04 +01:00
do-ltconfig-override:
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
. for ltconfig in ${LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if [ -f ${ltconfig} ]; then \
${RM} -f ${ltconfig}; \
We need the full path to the libtool that needs to be invoked when we use LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE. In the buildlink[23] case, that is supposed to be the one in ${BUILDLINK_DIR}. Create new private variables _LIBTOOL and _SHLIBTOOL to hold these paths.
2004-02-09 02:30:59 +01:00
${ECHO} "${RM} -f libtool; ${LN} -s ${_LIBTOOL} libtool" \
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
> ${ltconfig}; \
${CHMOD} +x ${ltconfig}; \
Added LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE definition to substitute pkglibtool for the pkg's own libtool. "ltconfig" is script to make "libtool" script. "ltconfig" is executed by GNU's "configure" script at "do-configure" target. if USE_LIBTOOL and LTCONFIG_OVERRIDE defined, specified "ltconfig" is overrided to symlink pkglibtool to "libtool" instead of making "libtool" before executing "configure". if USE_LIBTOOL and LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE defined, specified "libtool" is removed, and symlinked from pkglibtool after executing "configure" (and "ltconfig").
1999-12-07 09:55:58 +01:00
fi
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
. endfor
.endif
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= do-config-star-override
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: do-config-star-override
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
do-config-star-override:
Only do the config.* overrides iff GNU_CONFIGURE. (defined() check needed to make older bmakes happy.)
2005-01-14 15:08:06 +01:00
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
. if !empty(CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE)
. for _pattern_ in ${CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE}
Make CONFIG_{GUESS,SUB}_OVERRIDE slighly more powerful by allowing them to be lists of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 16:22:42 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC}; \
for file in ${_pattern_}; do \
if [ -f "$$file" ]; then \
${RM} -f $$file; \
* Make PKGSRC_TOPDIR a private variable by renaming it to _PKGSRC_TOPDIR, as it's only used internally by bsd.prefs.mk. * Make _PKGSRCDIR a public variable by renaming it to PKGSRCDIR. Also, generate its value from ${_PKGSRC_TOPDIR} so it's less fragile than the old method of stripping off the last two components of ${.CURDIR}. PKGSRCDIR may now be used after bsd.prefs.mk is defined. * Change all references to _PKGSRCDIR to PKGSRCDIR.
2004-10-07 04:01:37 +02:00
${LN} -s ${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/gnu-config/config.guess \
Make CONFIG_{GUESS,SUB}_OVERRIDE slighly more powerful by allowing them to be lists of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 16:22:42 +01:00
$$file; \
fi; \
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
done
Only do the config.* overrides iff GNU_CONFIGURE. (defined() check needed to make older bmakes happy.)
2005-01-14 15:08:06 +01:00
. endfor
. endif
. if !empty(CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE)
. for _pattern_ in ${CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE}
Make CONFIG_{GUESS,SUB}_OVERRIDE slighly more powerful by allowing them to be lists of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 16:22:42 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC}; \
for file in ${_pattern_}; do \
if [ -f "$$file" ]; then \
${RM} -f $$file; \
* Make PKGSRC_TOPDIR a private variable by renaming it to _PKGSRC_TOPDIR, as it's only used internally by bsd.prefs.mk. * Make _PKGSRCDIR a public variable by renaming it to PKGSRCDIR. Also, generate its value from ${_PKGSRC_TOPDIR} so it's less fragile than the old method of stripping off the last two components of ${.CURDIR}. PKGSRCDIR may now be used after bsd.prefs.mk is defined. * Change all references to _PKGSRCDIR to PKGSRCDIR.
2004-10-07 04:01:37 +02:00
${LN} -s ${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/gnu-config/config.sub \
Make CONFIG_{GUESS,SUB}_OVERRIDE slighly more powerful by allowing them to be lists of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 16:22:42 +01:00
$$file; \
fi; \
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
done
Only do the config.* overrides iff GNU_CONFIGURE. (defined() check needed to make older bmakes happy.)
2005-01-14 15:08:06 +01:00
. endfor
. endif
. if !empty(CONFIG_RPATH_OVERRIDE)
. for _pattern_ in ${CONFIG_RPATH_OVERRIDE}
Add override for uncommon "config.rpath" GNU config snippet. Use platform file to indicate that override logic should be turned on. (AFAICT, only Interix is afflicted at the moment.)
2005-01-14 01:10:01 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC}; \
for file in ${_pattern_}; do \
if [ -f "$$file" ]; then \
${RM} -f $$file; \
${LN} -s ${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/gnu-config/config.rpath \
$$file; \
fi; \
done
Only do the config.* overrides iff GNU_CONFIGURE. (defined() check needed to make older bmakes happy.)
2005-01-14 15:08:06 +01:00
. endfor
. endif
Add two knobs for packages: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE and CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE. Example: CONFIG_GUESS_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.guess CONFIG_SUB_OVERRIDE= ${WRKSRC}/config.sub Just before the bulk of the "configure" phase, the named files will be replaced with symlinks to their canonical pkgsrc versions in pkgsrc/mk/gnu-config.
2002-07-16 17:02:01 +02:00
.endif
Instead of patching the generated config.status script, patch the GNU configure script itself so that the generated config.status script does what we want (just exit if asked to "recheck"). This ensures the timestamp for config.status is earlier than the timestamps for the files that config.status generates (Makefile, config.h, etc.). This fixes some problems where some packages end up "rebuilding" as part of the install target, which makes the rebuilt files owned by root and makes cleaning the work directory fail.
2006-01-03 01:41:51 +01:00
.if defined(CONFIGURE_SCRIPTS_OVERRIDE)
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= do-configure-scripts-override
.PHONY: do-configure-scripts-override
do-configure-scripts-override:
. for _pattern_ in ${CONFIGURE_SCRIPTS_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC}; \
for file in ${_pattern_}; do \
if ${TEST} -f "$$file"; then \
${AWK} '/ *-recheck *\| *--recheck.*\)/ { \
print; \
print " # Avoid regenerating for rechecks on pkgsrc"; \
print " exit 0"; \
next; \
} \
{ print }' $$file > $$file.override && \
${CHMOD} +x $$file.override && \
${MV} -f $$file.override $$file; \
fi; \
done
. endfor
.endif
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_SED= \
Introduce the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE variable to let a package specify when the pkgconfig substitutions have to be applied; defaults to pre-configure. This is useful because some packages modify the .pc files during the build process (adding -L flags), so they have to wait until the build finishes to add the correct rpaths. Also modify the regular expression in PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_SED to match and fix multiple -L flags, instead of just one.
2004-10-25 20:02:20 +02:00
'/^Libs:.*[ ]/s|-L\([ ]*[^ ]*\)|${COMPILER_RPATH_FLAG}\1 -L\1|g'
PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE?= pre-configure
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
.if defined(PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE) && !empty(PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE)
Introduce the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE variable to let a package specify when the pkgconfig substitutions have to be applied; defaults to pre-configure. This is useful because some packages modify the .pc files during the build process (adding -L flags), so they have to wait until the build finishes to add the correct rpaths. Also modify the regular expression in PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_SED to match and fix multiple -L flags, instead of just one.
2004-10-25 20:02:20 +02:00
. if ${PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE} == "pre-configure"
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
_CONFIGURE_PREREQ+= subst-pkgconfig
Introduce the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE variable to let a package specify when the pkgconfig substitutions have to be applied; defaults to pre-configure. This is useful because some packages modify the .pc files during the build process (adding -L flags), so they have to wait until the build finishes to add the correct rpaths. Also modify the regular expression in PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_SED to match and fix multiple -L flags, instead of just one.
2004-10-25 20:02:20 +02:00
. elif ${PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE} == "post-configure"
_CONFIGURE_POSTREQ+= subst-pkgconfig
. else
SUBST_STAGE.pkgconfig= ${PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_STAGE}
. endif
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
SUBST_CLASSES+= pkgconfig
Unquoted SUBST_MESSAGE.*, as this is no longer needed.
2006-01-21 11:10:42 +01:00
SUBST_MESSAGE.pkgconfig= Adding rpaths to pkgconfig files.
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
SUBST_FILES.pkgconfig= ${PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE:S/^${WRKSRC}\///}
SUBST_SED.pkgconfig= ${PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE_SED}
Add PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE to get rid of tons of unnecessary patches. PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE may contain a list of ".pc.in" pkgconfig template files that require the addition of -Wl,-R in the pre-configure stage.
2002-10-30 03:25:29 +01:00
.endif
"the the" -> "the"
2004-12-01 10:52:59 +01:00
# By adding this target, it makes sure the above PREREQ's work.
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: pre-configure-override
Fix for _CONFIGURE_PREREQ targets not being run when a package defines a do-configure target. To do this I've introduced a new target, pre-configure-overrides, that depends on ${_CONFIGURE_PREREQ}. It's run after pre-configure but before do-configure. This fixes pkg/22077, and allows benchmarks/benchfft to build correctly on a -current cats box. Reviewed by wiz@
2003-07-08 11:20:30 +02:00
pre-configure-override: ${_CONFIGURE_PREREQ}
In pre-config-override, don't trumpet the fact that we're doing nothing.
2003-07-09 16:23:56 +02:00
@${DO_NADA}
Fix for _CONFIGURE_PREREQ targets not being run when a package defines a do-configure target. To do this I've introduced a new target, pre-configure-overrides, that depends on ${_CONFIGURE_PREREQ}. It's run after pre-configure but before do-configure. This fixes pkg/22077, and allows benchmarks/benchfft to build correctly on a -current cats box. Reviewed by wiz@
2003-07-08 11:20:30 +02:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: do-configure
The do-configure target has some "stuff" that is supposed to be done after the pre-configure target is called but before the configure script is called, but it's added in a non-extensible way. This "stuff" is the replace-ncurses step and the ltconfig-override step. Move these steps out into their own targets that are named as prerequisites to the do-configure step. The prerequisites are specified in the private variable _CONFIGURE_PREREQ, to which other independent targets may be appended.
2001-10-24 21:42:28 +02:00
.if !target(do-configure)
Remove trailing whitespace.
2004-02-12 14:16:02 +01:00
do-configure:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if defined(HAS_CONFIGURE)
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
. for _dir_ in ${CONFIGURE_DIRS}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${_ULIMIT_CMD} \
Fixed some pkglint warnings in the do-configure, do-build, do-test and do-install targets. This fixes an endless loop occuring when running "make" in regress/make-quoting.
2006-05-10 19:53:34 +02:00
cd ${WRKSRC} && cd ${_dir_} && \
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
${SETENV} \
Fixed some pkglint warnings in the do-configure, do-build, do-test and do-install targets. This fixes an endless loop occuring when running "make" in regress/make-quoting.
2006-05-10 19:53:34 +02:00
AWK=${TOOLS_AWK:Q} \
INSTALL=${INSTALL:Q}\ -c\ -o\ ${BINOWN}\ -g\ ${BINGRP} \
ac_given_INSTALL=${INSTALL:Q}\ -c\ -o\ ${BINOWN}\ -g\ ${BINGRP} \
INSTALL_DATA=${INSTALL_DATA:Q} \
INSTALL_PROGRAM=${INSTALL_PROGRAM:Q} \
INSTALL_GAME=${INSTALL_GAME:Q} \
INSTALL_GAME_DATA=${INSTALL_GAME_DATA:Q} \
INSTALL_SCRIPT=${INSTALL_SCRIPT:Q} \
Whitespace police - no functional change
2004-12-21 18:30:07 +01:00
${CONFIGURE_ENV} ${CONFIG_SHELL} \
run GNU configure scripts with ${CONFIG_SHELL}, which defaults to ${SH} when GNU_CONFIGURE is defined. fixes problems on Solaris and BSDI with some GNU configure scripts.
2004-01-25 11:36:15 +01:00
${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
. endfor
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Don't have USE_TOOLS+=imake replace USE_IMAKE. Rather let the former specify that imake is used by the package, while the latter triggers the special do-configure process.
2005-05-16 20:01:12 +02:00
. if defined(USE_IMAKE)
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
. for _dir_ in ${CONFIGURE_DIRS}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
cd ${WRKSRC}; cd ${_dir_}; \
${SETENV} ${SCRIPTS_ENV} XPROJECTROOT=${X11BASE} ${XMKMF}
Make CONFIGURE_DIRS have meaning for programs that use imake.
2002-12-29 20:02:06 +01:00
. endfor
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
.endif
Remove some extraneous commands and switch some targets to be conditionally defined.
2004-01-19 15:54:26 +01:00
.if defined(USE_LIBTOOL) && \
(defined(LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE) || defined(SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE))
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
_CONFIGURE_POSTREQ+= do-libtool-override
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: do-libtool-override
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
do-libtool-override:
Install a ${PREFIX}/bin/shlibtool as part of the devel/libtool-base package. shlibtool will not build static libraries. Add handling in bsd.pkg.mk for a variable named "SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE" that is analogous to LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE and causes any listed libtool scripts to be replaced with a symlink to shlibtool, and teach buildlink2 about shlibtool. Bump PKGREVISION of devel/libtool* packages to 11.
2003-01-10 09:44:18 +01:00
. if defined(LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE)
Make LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE more powerful by taking a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}. Also automaticslly set LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE if USE_LIBTOOL is defined, as the vast majority of packages need both if they need USE_LIBTOOL. The default LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE overrides libtool scripts up to a directory depth of 2 within ${WRKSRC}. Note that SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE must still be set manually in package Makefiles that need it; however, it's also been changed to be a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 18:18:49 +01:00
. for _pattern_ in ${LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC}; \
for file in ${_pattern_}; do \
if [ -f "$$file" ]; then \
${RM} -f $$file; \
(${ECHO} '#!${CONFIG_SHELL}'; \
${ECHO} 'exec ${_LIBTOOL} "$$@"'; \
) > $$file; \
${CHMOD} +x $$file; \
When overriding libtool in the source directory, replace it with a shell script that invokes the correct libtool instead of using a symlink. This fixes the problem where libtool was invoked by /bin/sh regardless of whether libtool was built to be run by /bin/ksh instead.
2004-02-01 02:09:09 +01:00
fi; \
Make LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE more powerful by taking a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}. Also automaticslly set LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE if USE_LIBTOOL is defined, as the vast majority of packages need both if they need USE_LIBTOOL. The default LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE overrides libtool scripts up to a directory depth of 2 within ${WRKSRC}. Note that SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE must still be set manually in package Makefiles that need it; however, it's also been changed to be a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 18:18:49 +01:00
done
Install a ${PREFIX}/bin/shlibtool as part of the devel/libtool-base package. shlibtool will not build static libraries. Add handling in bsd.pkg.mk for a variable named "SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE" that is analogous to LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE and causes any listed libtool scripts to be replaced with a symlink to shlibtool, and teach buildlink2 about shlibtool. Bump PKGREVISION of devel/libtool* packages to 11.
2003-01-10 09:44:18 +01:00
. endfor
. endif
. if defined(SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE)
Make LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE more powerful by taking a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}. Also automaticslly set LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE if USE_LIBTOOL is defined, as the vast majority of packages need both if they need USE_LIBTOOL. The default LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE overrides libtool scripts up to a directory depth of 2 within ${WRKSRC}. Note that SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE must still be set manually in package Makefiles that need it; however, it's also been changed to be a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 18:18:49 +01:00
. for _pattern_ in ${SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${WRKSRC}; \
for file in ${_pattern_}; do \
if [ -f "$$file" ]; then \
${RM} -f $$file; \
(${ECHO} '#!${CONFIG_SHELL}'; \
${ECHO} 'exec ${_SHLIBTOOL} "$$@"'; \
) > $$file; \
${CHMOD} +x $$file; \
Also turn shlibtool into a shell script instead of a symlink. This duplicates the change made in rev. 1.1368 for libtool.
2004-02-09 02:52:14 +01:00
fi; \
Make LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE more powerful by taking a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}. Also automaticslly set LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE if USE_LIBTOOL is defined, as the vast majority of packages need both if they need USE_LIBTOOL. The default LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE overrides libtool scripts up to a directory depth of 2 within ${WRKSRC}. Note that SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE must still be set manually in package Makefiles that need it; however, it's also been changed to be a list of shell globs relative to ${WRKSRC}.
2004-02-14 18:18:49 +01:00
done
Install a ${PREFIX}/bin/shlibtool as part of the devel/libtool-base package. shlibtool will not build static libraries. Add handling in bsd.pkg.mk for a variable named "SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE" that is analogous to LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE and causes any listed libtool scripts to be replaced with a symlink to shlibtool, and teach buildlink2 about shlibtool. Bump PKGREVISION of devel/libtool* packages to 11.
2003-01-10 09:44:18 +01:00
. endfor
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: post-configure
Move code from end of the do-configure target that performed the LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE steps into a separate do-libtool-override target. Create a new variable _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ that currently lists do-libtool-override. Also add some documentation for the two _CONFIGURE_* variables: _CONFIGURE_PREREQ is a list of targets to run after pre-configure but before do-configure. These targets typically edit the files used by the do-configure target. _CONFIGURE_POSTREQ is a list of targets to run after do-configure but before post-configure. These targets typically edit the files generated by the do-configure target that are used during the build phase.
2001-11-30 06:03:06 +01:00
post-configure: ${_CONFIGURE_POSTREQ}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Build
Now that all packages using CONFIGURE_DIRS have been checked (and modified) to not rely on this change, the default value of BUILD_DIRS can be set to ${CONFIGURE_DIRS} instead of ${WRKSRC}. There are far more packages setting CONFIGURE_DIRS and BUILD_DIRS to the same value than there are packages needing different values, so this default seems more reasonable. Now the default values are: CONFIGURE_DIRS?= ${WRKSRC} # (unchanged) BUILD_DIRS?= ${CONFIGURE_DIRS} INSTALL_DIRS?= ${BUILD_DIRS} # (unchanged)
2005-11-04 12:27:41 +01:00
BUILD_DIRS?= ${CONFIGURE_DIRS}
Differentiate between MAKE_FLAGS passed to the build, test and install targets by using BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS, TEST_MAKE_FLAGS, and INSTALL_MAKE_FLAGS in the respective targets. All of the new variables default to ${MAKE_FLAGS} to preserve the current behaviour.
2004-01-13 01:40:25 +01:00
BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS?= ${MAKE_FLAGS}
Add BUILD_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS, which have the same semantics as CONFIGURE_DIRS, and allows running the shell commands in the do-build and do-install targets within the specified directories. Both variables default to ${WRKSRC}.
2002-09-12 12:34:29 +02:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: do-build
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(do-build)
do-build:
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
. for _dir_ in ${BUILD_DIRS}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${_ULIMIT_CMD} \
Fixed some pkglint warnings in the do-configure, do-build, do-test and do-install targets. This fixes an endless loop occuring when running "make" in regress/make-quoting.
2006-05-10 19:53:34 +02:00
cd ${WRKSRC} && cd ${_dir_} && \
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
${SETENV} ${MAKE_ENV} ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS} \
-f ${MAKEFILE} ${BUILD_TARGET}
Add BUILD_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS, which have the same semantics as CONFIGURE_DIRS, and allows running the shell commands in the do-build and do-install targets within the specified directories. Both variables default to ${WRKSRC}.
2002-09-12 12:34:29 +02:00
. endfor
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
#Test
Differentiate between MAKE_FLAGS passed to the build, test and install targets by using BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS, TEST_MAKE_FLAGS, and INSTALL_MAKE_FLAGS in the respective targets. All of the new variables default to ${MAKE_FLAGS} to preserve the current behaviour.
2004-01-13 01:40:25 +01:00
TEST_DIRS?= ${BUILD_DIRS}
TEST_ENV+= ${MAKE_ENV}
TEST_MAKE_FLAGS?= ${MAKE_FLAGS}
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: do-test
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
.if !target(do-test)
do-test:
Only run the tests if TEST_TARGET is non-empty.
2003-09-13 08:21:36 +02:00
. if defined(TEST_TARGET) && !empty(TEST_TARGET)
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
. for _dir_ in ${TEST_DIRS}
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${_ULIMIT_CMD} \
Fixed some pkglint warnings in the do-configure, do-build, do-test and do-install targets. This fixes an endless loop occuring when running "make" in regress/make-quoting.
2006-05-10 19:53:34 +02:00
cd ${WRKSRC} && cd ${_dir_} && \
CONFIGURE_DIRS, BUILD_DIRS, TEST_DIRS and INSTALL_DIRS are interpreted relative to ${WRKSRC}. This makes it possible to shorten definitions like "BUILD_DIRS=${WRKSRC}/foo ${WRKSRC}/bar" in package Makefiles to "BUILD_DIRS=foo bar". Almost all current uses of those directories are given as absolute directories (mostly in the form ${WRKSRC}/foo), which will work as they did before.
2005-10-08 15:16:28 +02:00
${SETENV} ${TEST_ENV} ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${TEST_MAKE_FLAGS} \
-f ${MAKEFILE} ${TEST_TARGET}
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
. endfor
. else
@${DO_NADA}
. endif
.endif
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/flavor/bsd.flavor.mk"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
# Dependencies
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/depends/bsd.depends.mk"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
# Check
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/check/bsd.check.mk"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
# Clean
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.clean.mk"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Refactor "fetch" and "extract" code into correspondingly named subdirectories of pkgsrc/mk. Move the following files around for locality: pkgsrc/mk/scripts/extract -> pkgsrc/mk/extract/extract pkgsrc/mk/bsd.sites.mk -> pkgsrc/mk/fetch/sites.mk Also get rid of the recursive make for the "fetch" and "extract" targets. This basically merges the "fetch" and "extract" phases into the "patch" phase. There is still much more work to do to simplify the fetch code, but this is a good start.
2006-06-06 05:05:48 +02:00
# Fetch
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/fetch/bsd.fetch.mk"
# Extract
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/extract/bsd.extract.mk"
Refactor "patch" code into correspondingly named subdirectory of pkgsrc/mk. Also get rid of the recursive make for the "patch" target. This basically merges the "patch" phase into the "tools" phase. There should eventually be a standalone script that can be used to verify checksums listed in distinfo that should be used instead of the roll-your-own code in the do-pkgsrc-patch target.
2006-06-06 06:48:19 +02:00
# Patch
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/patch/bsd.patch.mk"
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
# Install
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/install/bsd.install.mk"
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
# Package
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/package/bsd.package.mk"
* Rename some targets to fit into the usual "do-XXX calls real-XXX" scheme * In real-su-install, do not call "make ${PLIST}" manually, but rather depend on the ${PLIST} file being there for the do-su-install target. * Break out shlib-handlink from real-su-install, and put it into target do-shlib-handling, which will either touch then PLIST (when called via the ${PLIST} target) or do the necessary steps to setup shared library handling (creating symlinks on ELF, running ldconfig on a.out, etc., when called via real-su-install) * Removed some unnecessary tests (check if $PLIST is there when it can be assumed to be there, ...)
2000-11-29 14:18:22 +01:00
Include bsd.pkg.update.mk to get the "update" targets and variables.
2006-06-04 07:26:45 +02:00
.include "${PKGSRCDIR}/mk/bsd.pkg.update.mk"
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
.PHONY: acquire-wrapper-lock acquire-configure-lock acquire-build-lock
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
acquire-wrapper-lock: acquire-lock
acquire-configure-lock: acquire-lock
acquire-build-lock: acquire-lock
Add coarse-grained locking to pkgsrc builds, by means of a beefed up version of the bare-bones code in PR 7590, from David Maxwell. The definition governing the type of locking used is PKGSRC_LOCKTYPE, which can take any of the values "none", "sleep", and "once". The default is "none". If "sleep" locking is used, and process A is building a package, when process B attempts to build the same package, process B will sleep for PKGSRC_SLEEPSECS seconds, and attempt to grab the lock again. Coarse-grained locking uses the OBJHOSTNAME definition to ensure that the PID space is regular for shlock(1) to do its work. The pkgsrc/pkgtools/shlock package has been provided for environments where shlock is not standard.
2002-01-19 22:29:41 +01:00
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
.PHONY: release-wrapper-lock release-configure-lock release-build-lock
Drop the use of _ACQUIRE_LOCK and _RELEASE_LOCK and replace with acquire-lock and release-lock macro targets. Take advantage of using a make target by breaking up the _ACQUIRE_LOCK script into smaller pieces, and make better use of the *_MSG definitions for printing messages within the acquire-lock and release-lock targets.
2006-06-04 06:31:47 +02:00
release-wrapper-lock: release-lock
release-configure-lock: release-lock
release-build-lock: release-lock
Work out the type of shared libraries once, at "make install" time, and do this dynamically. This means that we no longer have to have a separate pkgsrc copy of bsd.own.mk, which was a maintenance nightmare, and usually out of date, and quite costly too (with a calculation of whether NetBSD-current was being run every time the file was read). Also, on a.out, add ldconfig lines to the generated PLIST only if they're not already there, rather than if they were previously there, and ignore the return value from ldconfig, which cannot be trusted. The ldconfig calls have largely been made obsolete by the use of -rpath, but keep it for just now for backwards compatibility.
1999-04-13 16:18:11 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Skeleton targets start here
kill some trailing whitespace
2003-03-30 07:06:49 +02:00
#
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# You shouldn't have to change these. Either add the pre-* or
# post-* targets/scripts or redefine the do-* targets. These
# targets don't do anything other than checking for cookies and
# call the necessary targets/scripts.
################################################################
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
.PHONY: wrapper
.if !target(wrapper)
Separate out the part of bsd.tools.mk that actually created the tools into a new file pkgsrc/mk/tools/create.mk. This leaves bsd.tools.mk as a file that pulls in all of the other ones. Also move the tools-related targets from bsd.pkg.mk into bsd.tools.mk. The tools cookie file has been removed, as well as hooks for {pre,do,post}-tools. Instead, there is now only a single public target "tools" which may be invoked. Invoking "tools" will always cause all of the tools in ${TOOLS_DIR} to be created. The "tools" step has been moved and is now just after the "depends" step and before sources are extracted. This is the earliest place where the "tools" step can be taken, and it allows the created tools to be used in all steps/phases after it, starting with "extract". As a consequence, we should just invoke tools by their bare names in targets, e.g. awk, sed, patch, etc., instead of with the ${VARIABLE} names, e.g. ${AWK}, ${SED}, ${PATCH}, etc.
2006-06-06 08:30:29 +02:00
wrapper: patch acquire-wrapper-lock ${_WRAPPER_COOKIE} release-wrapper-lock
Merge pkgsrc/mk from the buildlink2 branch back into the main trunk.
2002-08-22 10:21:26 +02:00
.endif
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: configure
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(configure)
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
configure: wrapper acquire-configure-lock ${_CONFIGURE_COOKIE} release-configure-lock
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Always run the pkginstall framework targets to generate the INSTALL/DEINSTALL and rc.d scripts, regardless of whether NO_BUILD is defined or not. We do this by renaming the main "build" target to "_build", and creating a new "build" target that has "_build" and "pkginstall" as dependencies. This allows the "build" and "install" targets to be consecutive, so no changes in behavior are visible to the user. Because the pkginstall targets are no longer run within the protection of the locks during the build phase, we need to manage locking within a new "pkginstall" target.
2006-03-15 17:20:11 +01:00
.PHONY: _build
.if !target(_build)
_build: configure acquire-build-lock ${_BUILD_COOKIE} release-build-lock
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Always run the pkginstall framework targets to generate the INSTALL/DEINSTALL and rc.d scripts, regardless of whether NO_BUILD is defined or not. We do this by renaming the main "build" target to "_build", and creating a new "build" target that has "_build" and "pkginstall" as dependencies. This allows the "build" and "install" targets to be consecutive, so no changes in behavior are visible to the user. Because the pkginstall targets are no longer run within the protection of the locks during the build phase, we need to manage locking within a new "pkginstall" target.
2006-03-15 17:20:11 +01:00
.PHONY: build
build: pkginstall
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: test
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
.if !target(test)
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
test: build ${_TEST_COOKIE}
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
.endif
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_WRAPPER_COOKIE}:
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${BUILD_ENV} ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-wrapper PKG_PHASE=wrapper
Wrap EXTRACT_COOKIE like all others that could have an interactive step and check for it if doing a batch build
2003-05-11 09:06:23 +02:00
Allow the creation of error handlers for shell commands in make targets. PKG_ERROR_CLASSES is a list of error handlers, PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.<class>, to create. The default error handler will rethrow the exit code after emitting an error message that may be specified per-class with PKG_ERROR_MSG.<class>. Create error messages for the configure and build phases that inform the user of places to go looking for why the build didn't complete.
2005-01-10 19:34:48 +01:00
PKG_ERROR_CLASSES+= configure
PKG_ERROR_MSG.configure= \
"" \
"There was an error during the \`\`configure'' phase." \
"Please investigate the following for more information:"
.if defined(GNU_CONFIGURE)
PKG_ERROR_MSG.configure+= \
" * config.log" \
" * ${WRKLOG}" \
""
.else
PKG_ERROR_MSG.configure+= \
" * log of the build" \
" * ${WRKLOG}" \
""
.endif
Add a wee bit of infrastructure to improve how we deprecate broken packages from branch to branch: When a package is considered broken (for whatever reason) at branch time, we'll mark it with BROKEN_IN=name-of-branch. At the next branch, we can easily determine which ones have remained broken and remove them. BROKEN_IN is visible to users iff a build fails, when it appends a warning message to the above effect. With feedback from dillo. Reviewed by jlam.
2006-01-04 05:25:47 +01:00
.if defined(BROKEN_IN)
PKG_ERROR_MSG.configure+= \
" * This package is broken in ${BROKEN_IN}." \
" * It may be removed in the next branch unless fixed."
.endif
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_CONFIGURE_COOKIE}:
Don't write ${FOO:Mbar} == "bar", when !empty(FOO:Mbar) will suffice. In this case, "FOO" is "INTERACTIVE_STAGE".
2006-01-21 22:32:51 +01:00
.if !empty(INTERACTIVE_STAGE:Mconfigure) && defined(BATCH)
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${ERROR_MSG} "The configuration stage of this package requires user interaction"
@${ERROR_MSG} "Please configure manually with \"cd ${PKGDIR} && ${MAKE} configure\""
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
@${TOUCH} ${_INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.else
Allow the creation of error handlers for shell commands in make targets. PKG_ERROR_CLASSES is a list of error handlers, PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.<class>, to create. The default error handler will rethrow the exit code after emitting an error message that may be specified per-class with PKG_ERROR_MSG.<class>. Create error messages for the configure and build phases that inform the user of places to go looking for why the build didn't complete.
2005-01-10 19:34:48 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${BUILD_ENV} ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-configure PKG_PHASE=configure || ${PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.configure}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.endif
Allow the creation of error handlers for shell commands in make targets. PKG_ERROR_CLASSES is a list of error handlers, PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.<class>, to create. The default error handler will rethrow the exit code after emitting an error message that may be specified per-class with PKG_ERROR_MSG.<class>. Create error messages for the configure and build phases that inform the user of places to go looking for why the build didn't complete.
2005-01-10 19:34:48 +01:00
PKG_ERROR_CLASSES+= build
PKG_ERROR_MSG.build= \
"" \
"There was an error during the \`\`build'' phase." \
"Please investigate the following for more information:" \
" * log of the build" \
" * ${WRKLOG}" \
""
Add a wee bit of infrastructure to improve how we deprecate broken packages from branch to branch: When a package is considered broken (for whatever reason) at branch time, we'll mark it with BROKEN_IN=name-of-branch. At the next branch, we can easily determine which ones have remained broken and remove them. BROKEN_IN is visible to users iff a build fails, when it appends a warning message to the above effect. With feedback from dillo. Reviewed by jlam.
2006-01-04 05:25:47 +01:00
.if defined(BROKEN_IN)
PKG_ERROR_MSG.build+= \
" * This package is broken in ${BROKEN_IN}." \
" * It may be removed in the next branch unless fixed."
.endif
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_BUILD_COOKIE}:
Don't write ${FOO:Mbar} == "bar", when !empty(FOO:Mbar) will suffice. In this case, "FOO" is "INTERACTIVE_STAGE".
2006-01-21 22:32:51 +01:00
.if !empty(INTERACTIVE_STAGE:Mbuild) && defined(BATCH)
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${ERROR_MSG} "The build stage of this package requires user interaction"
@${ERROR_MSG} "Please build manually with \"cd ${PKGDIR} && ${MAKE} build\""
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
@${TOUCH} ${_INTERACTIVE_COOKIE}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
@${FALSE}
.else
Allow the creation of error handlers for shell commands in make targets. PKG_ERROR_CLASSES is a list of error handlers, PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.<class>, to create. The default error handler will rethrow the exit code after emitting an error message that may be specified per-class with PKG_ERROR_MSG.<class>. Create error messages for the configure and build phases that inform the user of places to go looking for why the build didn't complete.
2005-01-10 19:34:48 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${BUILD_ENV} ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-build PKG_PHASE=build || ${PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.build}
Deprecate IS_INTERACTIVE, and introduce a finer-grained INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition. INTERACTIVE_STAGE can take any of the values: fetch, configure, build and install Multiple values are allowed: e.g. INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install Explain INTERACTIVE_STAGE and its use in documentation. Patches provided by Chris Pinnock (cjep@netbsd.org).
2002-07-02 13:26:05 +02:00
.endif
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_TEST_COOKIE}:
Rename PATH_ENV to BUILD_ENV, which better expresses what it's for. BUILD_ENV is used to set the environment for the sub-make processes that are invoked for each phase after and including buildlink.
2004-02-21 13:29:23 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}cd ${.CURDIR} && ${SETENV} ${BUILD_ENV} ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} real-test PKG_PHASE=test
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
Separate out the part of bsd.tools.mk that actually created the tools into a new file pkgsrc/mk/tools/create.mk. This leaves bsd.tools.mk as a file that pulls in all of the other ones. Also move the tools-related targets from bsd.pkg.mk into bsd.tools.mk. The tools cookie file has been removed, as well as hooks for {pre,do,post}-tools. Instead, there is now only a single public target "tools" which may be invoked. Invoking "tools" will always cause all of the tools in ${TOOLS_DIR} to be created. The "tools" step has been moved and is now just after the "depends" step and before sources are extracted. This is the earliest place where the "tools" step can be taken, and it allows the created tools to be used in all steps/phases after it, starting with "extract". As a consequence, we should just invoke tools by their bare names in targets, e.g. awk, sed, patch, etc., instead of with the ${VARIABLE} names, e.g. ${AWK}, ${SED}, ${PATCH}, etc.
2006-06-06 08:30:29 +02:00
.PHONY: wrapper-message
Move the hide-tools portion of bsd.buildlink2.mk into tools.mk, and put the tools in ${WRKDIR}/.tools/bin instead of in ${BUILDLINK_DIR}, and remove the need for buildlink2 to use USE_GNU_TOOLS. In the modified USE_GNU_TOOLS implementation, the following implementation- specific variables have the following meanings: _TOOLS_REPLACE.<tool> means that we want ${AWK}, ${SED}, etc. symlinked into ${TOOLS_DIR} as awk, sed, etc. _TOOLS_NEED_GNU.<tool> means that we want to use the pkgsrc version of <tool> symlinked info ${TOOLS_DIR} as awk, sed, etc. If this is "YES", then it always trumps _TOOLS_REPLACE.<tool>. And we want nothing to happen if we're building the pkgsrc GNU tool itself. The modified USE_GNU_TOOLS implementation should also hopefully fix the circular dependency problem. Create a new target "tools" that is run after "patch" and before "buildlink" that populates the ${TOOLS_DIR} directory. This ensures that it's always run at the right time, instead of relying on pre-buildlink or pre-configure, which may be cancelled by NO_BUILDLINK or NO_CONFIGURE. XXX There is some possible fallout in texinfo.mk with the MAKE_ENV and XXX CONFIGURE_ENV settings for INSTALL_INFO and MAKEINFO. It looks XXX like the MAKE_ENV and CONFIGURE_ENV settings should move from XXX tools.mk into texinfo.mk, and they no longer need to be XXX conditional on USE_BUILDLINK2. I'll leave it to the texinfo.mk XXX dude (Hi, Stoned!).
2003-08-16 10:50:17 +02:00
.PHONY: configure-message build-message test-message
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
wrapper-message:
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${PHASE_MSG} "Creating toolchain wrappers for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
configure-message:
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${PHASE_MSG} "Configuring for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
build-message:
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${PHASE_MSG} "Building for ${PKGNAME}"
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
test-message:
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${PHASE_MSG} "Testing for ${PKGNAME}"
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
Separate out the part of bsd.tools.mk that actually created the tools into a new file pkgsrc/mk/tools/create.mk. This leaves bsd.tools.mk as a file that pulls in all of the other ones. Also move the tools-related targets from bsd.pkg.mk into bsd.tools.mk. The tools cookie file has been removed, as well as hooks for {pre,do,post}-tools. Instead, there is now only a single public target "tools" which may be invoked. Invoking "tools" will always cause all of the tools in ${TOOLS_DIR} to be created. The "tools" step has been moved and is now just after the "depends" step and before sources are extracted. This is the earliest place where the "tools" step can be taken, and it allows the created tools to be used in all steps/phases after it, starting with "extract". As a consequence, we should just invoke tools by their bare names in targets, e.g. awk, sed, patch, etc., instead of with the ${VARIABLE} names, e.g. ${AWK}, ${SED}, ${PATCH}, etc.
2006-06-06 08:30:29 +02:00
.PHONY: wrapper-cookie
Move the hide-tools portion of bsd.buildlink2.mk into tools.mk, and put the tools in ${WRKDIR}/.tools/bin instead of in ${BUILDLINK_DIR}, and remove the need for buildlink2 to use USE_GNU_TOOLS. In the modified USE_GNU_TOOLS implementation, the following implementation- specific variables have the following meanings: _TOOLS_REPLACE.<tool> means that we want ${AWK}, ${SED}, etc. symlinked into ${TOOLS_DIR} as awk, sed, etc. _TOOLS_NEED_GNU.<tool> means that we want to use the pkgsrc version of <tool> symlinked info ${TOOLS_DIR} as awk, sed, etc. If this is "YES", then it always trumps _TOOLS_REPLACE.<tool>. And we want nothing to happen if we're building the pkgsrc GNU tool itself. The modified USE_GNU_TOOLS implementation should also hopefully fix the circular dependency problem. Create a new target "tools" that is run after "patch" and before "buildlink" that populates the ${TOOLS_DIR} directory. This ensures that it's always run at the right time, instead of relying on pre-buildlink or pre-configure, which may be cancelled by NO_BUILDLINK or NO_CONFIGURE. XXX There is some possible fallout in texinfo.mk with the MAKE_ENV and XXX CONFIGURE_ENV settings for INSTALL_INFO and MAKEINFO. It looks XXX like the MAKE_ENV and CONFIGURE_ENV settings should move from XXX tools.mk into texinfo.mk, and they no longer need to be XXX conditional on USE_BUILDLINK2. I'll leave it to the texinfo.mk XXX dude (Hi, Stoned!).
2003-08-16 10:50:17 +02:00
.PHONY: configure-cookie build-cookie test-cookie
Initial commit of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3 into mk/wrapper. The buildlink3 code is modified to simply hook its transformations into the wrapper script framework. The wrapper script framework has some new features: * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Much improved debugging output. It's possible to output the wrapper work log in-line with normal output by setting WRAPPER_LOG to "stderr". Important differences in behaviour from the old buildlink3 code include: * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la The old --fix-la syntax no longer works. 20040818 ======== * Initial release of a new wrapper script framework that encapsulates the non-buildlink-related code and moves it out of mk/buildlink3. These features include: * making MIPSpro accept GCC options * making MIPSpro "ucode" accept GCC options * making SunPro accept GCC options * making "ld" accept -Wl,* options and silently removing the "-Wl," * (NEW) making UnixWare GCC accept -rpath options and silently converting them into an appropriate LD_RUN_PATH One major benefit of this is that the buildlink3 code is now much tighter and easier to understand since it concerns itself solely with buildlink-related details. I haven't yet optimized the wrapper cache, so the new wrapper scripts may take slightly longer to execute than the old buildlink3 wrapper scripts, but I'll be improving this over time. 20040821 ======== * Move the inclusion of $cmd_sink outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $cmd_sink script can be used to globally scan and process the arguments. Move the LD_RUN_PATH code to a cmd-sink-unixware-gcc script. Garbage-collect the now unused export_vars-related code. * Add cmd-sink-aix-xlc for AIX xlc that munges -Wl,-R* into an appropriate -blibpath option. * Add cmd-sink-interix-gcc and cmd-sink-interix-ld that errors out when it sees -fpic/-fPIC and -shared/-Bshareable, respectively (requested by <tv>). * Move the code that converts full paths to shared libraries into the "-Ldir -llib" equivalents from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/logic. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Move the code that checks for absolute rpaths from the buildlink3 code into wrapper/arg-source. Remove the same from bsd.buildlink3.mk and gen-transform.sh. * Only move the -l options to the end of the command line, leaving the -L options in-place. * Add more debugging code. 20040824 ======== * Fix quoting problems after arguments are transformed. Remove the hack that was inserted that magically made almost everything work because we do it the right way now. * Move the inclusion of $logic outside of the main loop in wrapper.sh so that the $logic script doesn't have to worry about underflowing the argument buffer. * Encapsulate the loop in wrapper.sh that fills the argument buffer entirely within the arg-source script. * Move from the logic script into the arg-source script the transformations that merge or split arguments. * Fix bug where skipargs was effectively being ignored if it was more than 1. * Handle the whitespace in transformations in the logic script that turn one library option into multiple library options, e.g. "-lreadline" -> "-ledit -ltermcap". * Allow you to specify an environment variable WRAPPER_SKIP_TRANSFORM for whether you wish to skip the transformation step in the logic script. This is intended for testing purposes. * Added check_prog() and init_lib() functions to the shell code library to make it more reusable outside of the wrapper framework. * Allow the msg_log() function to output to "stdout" or "stderr". If you want to have all of the logging appear on the screen, then you can now set WRAPPER_LOG=stderr. * Make some of the script components not overridable on a per-wrapper basis. * Add a gen-transform.sh script that generates transformation sedfiles. The "transform" script is used to transform arguments, while the "untransform" script is used to unwrap files. Move the no-rpath logic from buildlink3/gen-transform.sh into wrapper/gen-transform.sh since it's not buildlink3-specific. * Check for a non-empty blibpath before adding the option in cmd-sink-aix-xlc. * Extend the autodetection of the libtool mode to detect "compile" and "uninstall". * Add a cmd-sink-libtool script that doesn't pass linker options to libtool unless we're in "link" mode. * Set _USE_RPATH to "yes" for UnixWare so that the wrappers will see the rpath options and convert them to a LD_RUN_PATH definition. * Add more debugging code. 20040826 ======== * Rewrite buildlink3/gen-transform.sh to produce more precise sed commands. Drop some unused commands from the mini-language, and add a few more that are more restrictive in their scope. * Fix problem where repeated options weren't properly handled by some of sed commands. It's not enough that they're "global replace", since some patterns match separator characters before and after each option. We must repeat those patterns twice to catch all instances correctly. * Fix problem noted in both PR pkg/24760 and PR pkg/25500, where -L/usr/lib/* was being mangled improperly. * Remove the top-level "buildlink" target; instead, make buildlinking occur as part of the "wrapper" target. * Add more debugging code. 20040828 ======== * Added a head_queue function to shell-lib that returns the head of the named queue without popping it off the front of the queue. * Strip consecutive, repeated library options from the command line when we read it in the logic script. * Be more careful about not underflowing the argument buffer. 20040906 ======== * shell-lib was moved into pkgsrc/mk/scripts; correct references to that file in the wrapper code. * Use opt-sub instead of sub-mangle when protecting -I/usr/include/* and -L/usr/lib/* from buildlink transformations. This avoids adding lines that look like "-I-I..." in the transformation sedfiles. * mangle and sub-mangle are only meant to transform directories in -I, -L, and rpath options, so remove the lines in buildlink3/gen-transform.sh that transformed bare directories. * Fix bug in strip-slashdot where the "." wasn't backquoted and thus matched all characters instead of only the "." character. * Change the libtool wrapper to use a modified buildcmd script that doesn't rearrange any of the arguments. This should fix spurious problems where libtool doesn't understand how to parse the command line when the -l options are moved to the end of the argument list. * Fix bug in the logic script where the $cachearg and $cachedarg weren't being properly set at all times, which caused the cache to contain the wrong transformed argument. 20040907 ======== * Support automatically passing "ABI" flags to the compiler and linker depending on the value of ${ABI}. Currently supports the SunPro compiler with ${ABI} == 64 and the MIPSPro compiler with ${ABI} as any of 32, n32, o32, and 64. * Move back the code that splits absolute paths to shared libraries from arg-source back into logic. This allows us to correctly skip splitting those paths based on the previous option. Also add a sanity check that the library name in the split argument doesn't contain a "/" since shell globs are not as precise as REs. * Don't transform the path given after --dynamic-linker (used by GNU ld for ELF linkage). * Add the ability for the libtool wrapper to be called just to unwrap an existing libtool archive by running: libtool --mode=unwrap -o libfoo.la 20040914 ======== * Add a loop in libtool-fix-la to ensure that all of the options listed in the dependency_libs lines of *.lai files are processed. This fixes a buildlink3 leakage bug. * Merge the gen-transform.sh scripts between buildlink3 and wrapper and place them all in wrapper. This makes sense since the commands simply allow for many types of transformations, which buildlink3 takes advantage of, but there is nothing inherently buildlink-ish about those commands. * Don't directly manipulate SUBST_SED.unwrap. Instead, create the value of SUBST_SED.unwrap by combining several other variables (currently just _UNWRAP_SED) to ensure that the correct ordering is preserved. * Correct some confusing debugging messages.
2004-09-21 17:01:38 +02:00
wrapper-cookie:
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_WRAPPER_COOKIE}
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
configure-cookie:
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_CONFIGURE_COOKIE}
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
build-cookie:
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_BUILD_COOKIE}
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
test-cookie:
Added a leading underscore to the names of the *_COOKIE variables, as they are not part of the public interface.
2005-06-04 22:56:47 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} ${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${_TEST_COOKIE}
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
.ORDER: wrapper-message wrapper-vars pre-wrapper do-wrapper post-wrapper wrapper-cookie
.ORDER: configure-message configure-vars pre-configure pre-configure-override do-configure post-configure configure-cookie
.ORDER: build-message build-vars pre-build do-build post-build build-cookie
Add a test target to bsd.pkg.mk: It runs pre-test, do-test, and post-test. The default pre-test and post-test targets are empty; the default do-test target runs TEST_TARGET (in each TEST_DIRS (defaults to BUILD_DIRS)) if it is set and does nothing otherwise. Thus the test target defaults to doing nothing. The usual way to use this is to set TEST_TARGET to the target to run (e.g. TEST_TARGET=check for GNU packages). If PKGSRC_RUN_TEST is set to yes (in mk.conf, defaults to no), the test target is run before install. (approved by agc)
2002-11-07 05:22:29 +01:00
.ORDER: test-message pre-test do-test post-test test-cookie
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
# Please note that the order of the following targets is important, and
# should not be modified (.ORDER is not recognised by make(1) in a serial
# make i.e. without -j n)
Separate out the part of bsd.tools.mk that actually created the tools into a new file pkgsrc/mk/tools/create.mk. This leaves bsd.tools.mk as a file that pulls in all of the other ones. Also move the tools-related targets from bsd.pkg.mk into bsd.tools.mk. The tools cookie file has been removed, as well as hooks for {pre,do,post}-tools. Instead, there is now only a single public target "tools" which may be invoked. Invoking "tools" will always cause all of the tools in ${TOOLS_DIR} to be created. The "tools" step has been moved and is now just after the "depends" step and before sources are extracted. This is the earliest place where the "tools" step can be taken, and it allows the created tools to be used in all steps/phases after it, starting with "extract". As a consequence, we should just invoke tools by their bare names in targets, e.g. awk, sed, patch, etc., instead of with the ${VARIABLE} names, e.g. ${AWK}, ${SED}, ${PATCH}, etc.
2006-06-06 08:30:29 +02:00
.PHONY: real-wrapper
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
.PHONY: real-configure real-build real-test
Introduce the capability to gather all the warnings and errors that are generated for a target and output them all at once at the conclusion of the target's invocation. The implementation is in bsd.pkg.error.mk, which defines a macro target "error-check" that will print out any non-empty warning and error files in ${WARNING_DIR} and ${ERROR_DIR} and exit appropriately if there were errors. Convert some targets that were just long sequences of ${ERROR_MSG} or ${WARNING_MSG} within a single shell statement to use the new delayed error output via error-check. Modify the compiler "fail" wrappers for C++ and Fortran to be less verbose during invocation. Instead collect the warnings and only print them at the end of the completed phase, e.g. after "configure" and/or "build" completes.
2006-06-09 15:59:06 +02:00
real-wrapper: wrapper-message wrapper-vars pre-wrapper do-wrapper post-wrapper wrapper-cookie error-check
real-configure: configure-message configure-vars pre-configure pre-configure-override do-configure post-configure configure-cookie error-check
real-build: build-message build-vars pre-build do-build post-build build-cookie error-check
real-test: test-message pre-test do-test post-test test-cookie error-check
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
# su-target is a macro target that does just-in-time su-to-root before
Convert just-in-time su targets to use su-target instead of ${_SU_TARGET}. Garbage-collect the (now) unused _SU_TARGET.
2006-06-04 02:39:05 +02:00
# reinvoking the make process as root. It acquires root privileges and
# invokes a new make process with the target named "su-${.TARGET}".
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
#
.PHONY: su-target
su-target: .USE
Backout previous and fix in another way -- use "set -e" to force the shell to exit if any untested command fails. This is based on Roland Illig's recommendation from his pkglint talk at pkgsrcCon/Paris.
2006-06-05 03:42:58 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}set -e; \
Convert just-in-time su targets to use su-target instead of ${_SU_TARGET}. Garbage-collect the (now) unused _SU_TARGET.
2006-06-04 02:39:05 +02:00
case ${PRE_CMD.su-${.TARGET}:Q}"" in \
"") ;; \
*) ${PRE_CMD.su-${.TARGET}} ;; \
esac; \
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
if ${TEST} `${ID} -u` = `${ID} -u ${ROOT_USER}`; then \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL:Q} su-${.TARGET} ${MAKEFLAGS.${.TARGET}}; \
else \
case ${PRE_ROOT_CMD:Q}"" in \
${TRUE:Q}"") ;; \
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
*) ${WARNING_MSG} "Running: "${PRE_ROOT_CMD:Q} ;; \
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
esac; \
${PRE_ROOT_CMD}; \
Replaced PHASE_MSG with STEP_MSG in many (but not all) places where it wasn't used to identify a ``phase'', as defined in the pkgsrc guide.
2006-06-08 10:01:53 +02:00
${STEP_MSG} "Becoming \`\`${ROOT_USER}'' to make su-${.TARGET} (`${ECHO} ${SU_CMD} | ${AWK} '{ print $$1 }'`)"; \
Backout previous and fix in another way -- use "set -e" to force the shell to exit if any untested command fails. This is based on Roland Illig's recommendation from his pkglint talk at pkgsrcCon/Paris.
2006-06-05 03:42:58 +02:00
${SU_CMD} "cd ${.CURDIR}; ${SETENV} PATH='$${PATH}:${SU_CMD_PATH_APPEND}' ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=${PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL} su-${.TARGET} ${MAKEFLAGS.su-${.TARGET}}"; \
Replaced PHASE_MSG with STEP_MSG in many (but not all) places where it wasn't used to identify a ``phase'', as defined in the pkgsrc guide.
2006-06-08 10:01:53 +02:00
${STEP_MSG} "Dropping \`\`${ROOT_USER}'' privileges."; \
First pass at implementing support for package system flavors other than pkgsrc's current one. This is an important lead-up to any project that redesigns the pkg_* tools in that it doesn't tie us to past design (mis)choices. This commit mostly deals with rearranging code, although there was a considerable amount of rewriting done in cases where I thought the code was somewhat messy and was difficult to understand. The design I chose for supporting multiple package system flavors is that the various depends, install, package, etc. modules would define default targets and variables that may be overridden in files from pkgsrc/mk/flavor/${PKG_FLAVOR}. The default targets would do the sensible thing of doing nothing, and pkgsrc infrastructure would rely on the appropriate things to be defined in pkgsrc/mk/flavor to do the real work. The pkgsrc/mk/flavor directory contains subdirectories corresponding to each package system flavor that we support. Currently, I only have "pkg" which represents the current pkgsrc-native package flavor. I've separated out most of the code where we make assumptions about the package system flavor, mostly either because we directly use the pkg_* tools, or we make assumptions about the package meta-data directory, or we directly manipulate the package meta-data files, and placed it into pkgsrc/mk/flavor/pkg. There are several new modules that have been refactored out of bsd.pkg.mk as part of these changes: check, depends, install, package, and update. Each of these modules has been slimmed down by rewriting them to avoid some recursive make calls. I've also religiously documented which targets are "public" and which are "private" so that users won't rely on reaching into pkgsrc innards to call a private target. The "depends" module is a complete overhaul of the way that we handle dependencies. There is now a separate "depends" phase that occurs before the "extract" phase where dependencies are installed. This differs from the old way where dependencies were installed just before extraction occurred. The reduce-depends.mk file is now replaced by a script that is invoked only once during the depends phase and is used to generate a cookie file that holds the full set of reduced dependencies. It is now possible to type "make depends" in a package directory and all missing dependencies will be installed. Future work on this project include: * Resolve the workflow design in anticipation of future work on staged installations where "package" conceptually happens before "install". * Rewrite the buildlink3 framework to not assume the use of the pkgsrc pkg_* tools. * Rewrite the pkginstall framework to provide a standard pkg_* tool to perform the actions, and allowing a purely declarative file per package to describe what actions need to be taken at install or deinstall time. * Implement support for the SVR4 package flavor. This will be proof that the appropriate abstractions are in place to allow using a completely different set of package management tools.
2006-06-04 01:11:42 +02:00
fi
Add two new EXPERIMENTAL targets: replace - this target updates a package in place, fixing up references to and from other packages to the updated package. undo-replace - undoes all the work of the previous replace operation. For this target to work, the ${WRKDIR} must be preserved. The replace target first makes a binary package of the existing installed package, then a copy of the +REQUIRED_BY file is taken, if it exists, and then the existing package is deleted. The new package is installed, and the preserved +REQUIRED_BY file is copied back into place, using its contents to modify the +CONTENTS files of all the packages which require it. The undo-replace shares code with the replace target, and does the same operation, but in reverse. Warnings are displayed when either of these targets is used, since they are experimental targets right now.
2002-03-04 12:56:54 +01:00
Following on from the removal of the automatic "is there a script to run" logic, more speedups for building packages. Get rid of a .USE macro, and do not spawn sub-makes for the pre-, do- and post-target stages, replacing them with standard make(1) targets. Timing information as follows (multiple runs performed, best results taken): 800 MHz Celeron, 128 MB, local pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.731u 0.261s 0:02.04 48.5% 0+0k 29+168io 9pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 0.678u 0.242s 0:01.30 70.0% 0+0k 0+169io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 0.267u 0.089s 0:00.90 37.7% 0+0k 0+155io 0pf+0w 40 MHz Sparc, 36 MB, nfs pkgsrc, local obj scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.590u 6.839s 0:33.31 88.3% 0+0k 121+254io 0pf+0w no scripts/, pre,do,post-*: 22.481u 6.442s 0:33.30 86.8% 0+0k 120+251io 0pf+0w no scripts/, no pre,do,post-*: 8.534u 4.189s 0:16.48 77.1% 0+0k 105+242io 0pf+0w
2001-11-08 10:29:56 +01:00
# Empty pre-* and post-* targets
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Separate out the part of bsd.tools.mk that actually created the tools into a new file pkgsrc/mk/tools/create.mk. This leaves bsd.tools.mk as a file that pulls in all of the other ones. Also move the tools-related targets from bsd.pkg.mk into bsd.tools.mk. The tools cookie file has been removed, as well as hooks for {pre,do,post}-tools. Instead, there is now only a single public target "tools" which may be invoked. Invoking "tools" will always cause all of the tools in ${TOOLS_DIR} to be created. The "tools" step has been moved and is now just after the "depends" step and before sources are extracted. This is the earliest place where the "tools" step can be taken, and it allows the created tools to be used in all steps/phases after it, starting with "extract". As a consequence, we should just invoke tools by their bare names in targets, e.g. awk, sed, patch, etc., instead of with the ${VARIABLE} names, e.g. ${AWK}, ${SED}, ${PATCH}, etc.
2006-06-06 08:30:29 +02:00
.for name in wrapper configure build test
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !target(pre-${name})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
pre-${name}:
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if !target(post-${name})
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
post-${name}:
@${DO_NADA}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endfor
################################################################
# Some more targets supplied for users' convenience
################################################################
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
# Run pkglint:
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: lint
* Remove old PLIST-mi/md.shared/md.static that was only used for perl in a previous (pkgsrc) life. * add "lint" target to run pkglint * Add commented out direction on how to use bzip2 compressed binary packages * Some cleanup (clean target, ...) Reviewed by Thomas Klauser <wiz@netbsd.org>.
2000-12-30 12:19:04 +01:00
lint:
pkglint does not output any "OK" lines by default, so there's no need to filter them out.
2005-06-27 18:25:43 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${LOCALBASE}/bin/pkglint
Add new "tarup" target which allows to create a binary package from an installed package with the "pkg_tarup" utility.
2001-07-10 13:51:57 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# Checksumming utilities
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: makesum
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(makesum)
Don't create distinfo files in the "makesum" and "makepatchsum" targets if NO_CHECKSUM is set to "yes". This allows to run "make makepatchsum" in the top level pkgsrc directory without having to worry about lots of additional distinfo files being created.
2005-12-01 12:18:30 +01:00
. if defined(NO_CHECKSUM) && !empty(NO_CHECKSUM:M[Yy][Ee][Ss])
makesum:
@${DO_NADA}
. else
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
makesum: fetch uptodate-digest
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
newfile=${DISTINFO_FILE}.$$$$; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
Reduce chances that distinfo ends up with a bogus RCS Id or none at all.
2002-07-02 15:31:40 +02:00
${GREP} '^.NetBSD' ${DISTINFO_FILE} > $$newfile || \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
(${ECHO_N} "$$" > $$newfile && \
${ECHO_N} "NetBSD" >> $$newfile && \
Reduce chances that distinfo ends up with a bogus RCS Id or none at all.
2002-07-02 15:31:40 +02:00
${ECHO} "$$" >> $$newfile) \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
else \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "$$" > $$newfile; \
${ECHO_N} "NetBSD" >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
${ECHO} "$$" >> $$newfile; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
fi; \
${ECHO} "" >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
cd ${DISTDIR}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for sumfile in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
Fix a pasto, pointed out by John Refling in PR 10094, which prevented files from being ignored when making checksums for distfiles.
2000-05-11 10:14:35 +02:00
if [ "X$$sumfile" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
for a in "" ${DIGEST_ALGORITHMS}; do \
if [ "X$$a" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
${DIGEST} $$a $$sumfile >> $$newfile; \
done; \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
${WC} -c $$sumfile | ${AWK} '{ print "Size (" $$2 ") = " $$1 " bytes" }' >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
done; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for ignore in "" ${_IGNOREFILES}; do \
Fix a pasto, pointed out by John Refling in PR 10094, which prevented files from being ignored when making checksums for distfiles.
2000-05-11 10:14:35 +02:00
if [ "X$$ignore" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
for a in "" ${DIGEST_ALGORITHMS}; do \
if [ "X$$a" = "X" ]; then continue; fi; \
${ECHO} "$$a ($$ignore) = IGNORE" >> $$newfile; \
done; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
done; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
${AWK} '$$2 ~ /\(patch-[a-z0-9]+\)/ { print $$0 }' < ${DISTINFO_FILE} >> $$newfile; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
fi; \
Add definitions for CMP pointing to cmp utility and use it in bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-07-13 08:16:02 +02:00
if ${CMP} -s $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; then \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
${RM} -f $$newfile; \
Improve message if distinfo parts don't get modified. Closes pkg/12718.
2001-04-23 22:53:50 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> distinfo: distfiles part unchanged."; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
else \
${MV} $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; \
fi
Don't create distinfo files in the "makesum" and "makepatchsum" targets if NO_CHECKSUM is set to "yes". This allows to run "make makepatchsum" in the top level pkgsrc directory without having to worry about lots of additional distinfo files being created.
2005-12-01 12:18:30 +01:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
.if !target(makepatchsum)
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
makepatchsum mps: uptodate-digest
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
newfile=${DISTINFO_FILE}.$$$$; \
Be consistent throughout the file with line continuations and whitespace. No functional changes.
2002-05-03 14:44:01 +02:00
if [ -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
${AWK} '$$2 !~ /\(patch-[a-z0-9]+\)/ { print $$0 }' < ${DISTINFO_FILE} >> $$newfile; \
Fix 'make mdi' when no previous distinfo-file exists.
2001-06-09 14:56:21 +02:00
else \
Replaced some `if's with `case's to make the code simpler. Merged multiple ${ECHO_N} into one ${ECHO}.
2005-10-07 18:57:14 +02:00
${ECHO} "\$$""NetBSD""\$$" > $$newfile; \
Reduce chances that distinfo ends up with a bogus RCS Id or none at all.
2002-07-02 15:31:40 +02:00
${ECHO} "" >> $$newfile; \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
fi; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
if [ -d ${PATCHDIR} ]; then \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
(cd ${PATCHDIR}; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
for sumfile in "" patch-*; do \
case $$sumfile in \
Replaced some `if's with `case's to make the code simpler. Merged multiple ${ECHO_N} into one ${ECHO}.
2005-10-07 18:57:14 +02:00
"" | "patch-*") ;; \
patch-local-* | *.orig | *.rej | *~) ;; \
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
*) ${ECHO} "${PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM} ($$sumfile) = `${SED} -e '/\$$NetBSD.*/d' $$sumfile | ${DIGEST} ${PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM}`" >> $$newfile;; \
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
esac; \
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
done); \
Update "makepatchsum" target to produce a placeholder patch-sum file if and only if there are no patches and patch-sum already exists. This is necessary to meet the original purpose of that target, which is to "catch" users who happen to have old patches lying around, for whatever reason. Also, don't update patch-sum if it wouldn't change.
1999-10-14 07:31:22 +02:00
fi; \
Add definitions for CMP pointing to cmp utility and use it in bsd.pkg.mk.
2001-07-13 08:16:02 +02:00
if ${CMP} -s $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; then \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
${RM} -f $$newfile; \
Improve message if distinfo parts don't get modified. Closes pkg/12718.
2001-04-23 22:53:50 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> distinfo: patches part unchanged."; \
Don't change distinfo file if no checksums/sizes are modified.
2001-04-21 14:40:58 +02:00
else \
${MV} $$newfile ${DISTINFO_FILE}; \
fi
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
.endif
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
# This target is done by invoking a sub-make so that DISTINFO_FILE gets
Distinfo changes. + move the distfile digest/checksum value from files/md5 to distinfo + move the patch digest/checksum values from files/patch-sum to distinfo + include distfile filesizes in distinfo If there's no distinfo file (the name comes from FreeBSD, no point in being gratuitously incompatible), then use existing files/{md5,patch-sum} files.
2001-04-17 11:07:01 +02:00
# re-evaluated after the "makepatchsum" target is made. This can be
# made into:
#makedistinfo mdi: makepatchsum makesum
# once a combined distinfo file exists for all packages
.if !target(makedistinfo)
makedistinfo mdi distinfo: makepatchsum
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${MAKE} makesum
Add logic to provide md5 checksums on the patch files, placing them in a file called files/patch-sum. This has the benefit of only attempting to patch packages with official patches. This should mean that you can untar a pkgsrc.tar.gz over a previous tree, and still have it do the right thing, ignoring old patch files. Patches which have an entry in the files/patch-sum file will be applied, and then any local patches. If there are local patches to a package, these should go in patch files called patches/patch-local-* (these files are ignored when calculating the files/patch-sum file, and also when checking the patches/patch-* files). The calculation of the patch checksum ignores any NetBSD RCS Id in the patch-* files. This removes a nasty ordering dependency for developers making patches to packages. Patch file checksums will only be checked if the files/patch-sum file exists. Add a target "makepatchsum", analogous to "makesum", which makes a new files/patch-sum file.
1999-07-09 15:14:21 +02:00
.endif
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: checksum
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(checksum)
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
checksum: fetch uptodate-digest
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
if [ ! -f ${DISTINFO_FILE} ]; then \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> No checksum file."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
Fix a problem introduced in the previous commit, noticed by Matthiases Scheler and Drochner. Handle missing checksums in distinfo properly. Tested by myself and tron.
2005-02-25 14:05:52 +01:00
(cd ${DISTDIR}; OK="true"; missing=""; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
for file in "" ${_CKSUMFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Fix a problem introduced in the previous commit, noticed by Matthiases Scheler and Drochner. Handle missing checksums in distinfo properly. Tested by myself and tron.
2005-02-25 14:05:52 +01:00
filesummed=false; \
for a in ${DIGEST_ALGORITHMS}; do \
Don't fail if there are multiple digest values for the same file with the same algorithm in the distinfo file - pointed out by Robert Elz in PR 29973. Additional testing by wiz - thanks!
2005-04-16 11:26:22 +02:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$1 == "'$$a'" && $$2 == "('$$file')" && $$3 == "=" {print $$4; exit}' ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
Fix a problem introduced in the previous commit, noticed by Matthiases Scheler and Drochner. Handle missing checksums in distinfo properly. Tested by myself and tron.
2005-02-25 14:05:52 +01:00
case "$${CKSUM2}" in \
"") ${ECHO_MSG} "=> No $$a checksum recorded for $$file."; \
;; \
*) filesummed=true; \
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
CKSUM=`${DIGEST} $$a < $$file`; \
if [ "$$CKSUM2" = "IGNORE" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum for $$file is set to IGNORE in checksum file even though"; \
${ECHO_MSG} " the file is not in the "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM" = "$$CKSUM2" ]; then \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum $$a OK for $$file."; \
else \
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum $$a mismatch for $$file."; \
OK="false"; \
Fix a problem introduced in the previous commit, noticed by Matthiases Scheler and Drochner. Handle missing checksums in distinfo properly. Tested by myself and tron.
2005-02-25 14:05:52 +01:00
fi ;; \
esac; \
As seen on tech-pkg - allow multiple digest algorithms to be used to ensure the integrity of distfiles and dist patches. For now, the default algorithms are SHA1 and RMD160, set as a whitespace-separated list in the DIGEST_ALGORITHMS definition. The DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition is deprecated. Patchfiles will still use simply SHA1, since we are trying to detect a binary "has this file changed", rather than proect against tampering. In short, if someone can modify the patch file, they can modify the distinfo file holding its digest information. This value is set in the new PATCH_DIGEST_ALGORITHM definition. Triggered by the breaking of SHA1, as reported in http://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2005/02/sha1_broken.html
2005-02-22 22:01:10 +01:00
done; \
Fix a problem introduced in the previous commit, noticed by Matthiases Scheler and Drochner. Handle missing checksums in distinfo properly. Tested by myself and tron.
2005-02-25 14:05:52 +01:00
case "$$filesummed" in \
false) missing="$$missing $$file"; \
OK=false ;; \
esac; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
done; \
for file in "" ${_IGNOREFILES}; do \
if [ "X$$file" = X"" ]; then continue; fi; \
Don't fail if there are multiple digest values for the same file with the same algorithm in the distinfo file - pointed out by Robert Elz in PR 29973. Additional testing by wiz - thanks!
2005-04-16 11:26:22 +02:00
CKSUM2=`${AWK} 'NF == 4 && $$3 == "=" && $$2 == "('$$file')"{print $$4; exit}' ${DISTINFO_FILE}`; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ "$$CKSUM2" = "" ]; then \
In informational messages to the user, use '=>' in preference to '>>', so that cut-n-paste into send-pr will work correctly. Fixes PR 9173 from ITOH Yasufumi.
2000-03-10 17:07:37 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> No checksum recorded for $$file, file is in "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
elif [ "$$CKSUM2" != "IGNORE" ]; then \
Add support for message digests other than md5 into pkgsrc. This is done by using the pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest package, and adding dependencies in bsd.pkg.mk to make sure that that package is up to date. There is no discernable performance decrease in using sha1 checksums over md5 ones, and most people advocate the use of sha1 or rmd160 over md5. As part of this change, move the initial setting of LOCALBASE, X11BASE and CROSSBASE into bsd.prefs.mk from bsd.pkg.mk. Addresses PR 11809.
2001-03-06 15:50:45 +01:00
${ECHO_MSG} "=> Checksum for $$file is not set to IGNORE in checksum file even though"; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} " the file is in the "'$$'"{IGNOREFILES} list."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
OK="false"; \
fi; \
done; \
if [ "$$OK" != "true" ]; then \
Fix a problem introduced in the previous commit, noticed by Matthiases Scheler and Drochner. Handle missing checksums in distinfo properly. Tested by myself and tron.
2005-02-25 14:05:52 +01:00
case "$$missing" in \
"") ;; \
*) ${ECHO_MSG} "Missing checksums for $$missing";; \
esac; \
Deprecate DIGEST_FILE and PATCH_SUM_FILE (replaced by DIGEST_FILE, and not used anymore in pkgsrc).
2001-06-09 14:15:59 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Make sure the Makefile and checksum file (${DISTINFO_FILE})"; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "are up to date. If you want to override this check, type"; \
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "\"${MAKE} NO_CHECKSUM=yes [other args]\"."; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
exit 1; \
fi) ; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
fi
.endif
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
# List of sites carrying binary pkgs. Variables "rel" and "arch" are
# replaced with OS release ("1.5", ...) and architecture ("mipsel", ...)
rename BINPKG_SITE to BINPKG_SITES Adresses PR pkg/19004 by tv@pobox.com
2002-11-10 19:20:44 +01:00
BINPKG_SITES?= \
s/netbsd.org/NetBSD.org/, s/freebsd.org/FreeBSD.org/
2004-02-25 10:24:52 +01:00
ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/$${rel}/$${arch}
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
# List of flags to pass to pkg_add(1) for bin-install:
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS?= # -v
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
.if ${PKG_INSTALLATION_TYPE} == "pkgviews"
We want to add consistently add to the default view if we use pkgviews and pkg_add'ing.
2003-09-08 03:06:01 +02:00
PKG_ARGS_ADD= -W ${LOCALBASE} -w ${DEFAULT_VIEW}
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
.endif
_BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS= ${BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS}
Handle automatic dependencies in bin-install correctly. From Chapman Flack in PR 32422.
2005-12-31 08:53:11 +01:00
.if defined(_AUTOMATIC) && !empty(_AUTOMATIC:MYES)
_BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS+= -A
Use new automatic flag; depend on appropriate pkg_install version.
2005-11-05 14:31:43 +01:00
.endif
Merge pkgviews-mk branch into the HEAD by running: cd pkgsrc/mk cvs update -Pd -A cvs update -Pd -j pkgviews-mk-base -j pkgviews-mk
2003-09-02 08:59:37 +02:00
_BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS+= ${PKG_ARGS_ADD}
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
In the bin-install target, instead of running pkg_add for every BINPKG_SITES entry separately, construct an appropriate PKG_PATH and call pkg_add only once. Patch from Chapman Flack in PR 30929. Use PKGNAME_REQD when installing package dependencies. Patch from Chapman Flack in PR 30954.
2006-01-03 18:26:56 +01:00
_SHORT_UNAME_R= ${:!${UNAME} -r!:C@\.([0-9]*)[_.].*@.\1@} # n.n[_.]anything => n.n
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
# Install binary pkg, without strict uptodate-check first
Convert just-in-time su targets to use su-target instead of ${_SU_TARGET}. Garbage-collect the (now) unused _SU_TARGET.
2006-06-04 02:39:05 +02:00
.PHONY: su-bin-install
su-bin-install:
In cases where we need the best match for a pkgpattern, use "${PKG_BEST_EXIST} pkgpattern" instead of "${PKG_INFO} -e pkgpattern". The latter can return multiple package names if there are multiple versions of a piece of software installed. PKG_BEST_EXIST is defined to be "${PKG_ADMIN} -b -d ${_PKG_DBDIR} -s "" lsbest", so it searches for the best installed package that matches the given pkgpattern or else returns the empty string. Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20030912 since pkg_admin(1) needs to know about "-b" and "-d <dir>".
2003-09-13 07:55:14 +02:00
@found="`${PKG_BEST_EXISTS} \"${PKGWILDCARD}\" || ${TRUE}`"; \
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
if [ "$$found" != "" ]; then \
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
${ERROR_MSG} "$$found is already installed - perhaps an older version?"; \
${ERROR_MSG} "If so, you may wish to \`\`pkg_delete $$found'' and install"; \
${ERROR_MSG} "this package again by \`\`${MAKE} bin-install'' to upgrade it properly."; \
make the bin-install target look at some FTP servers (stored in BINPKG_SITES). As discussed on tech-pkg.
2001-05-20 03:58:19 +02:00
exit 1; \
fi
In the bin-install target, instead of running pkg_add for every BINPKG_SITES entry separately, construct an appropriate PKG_PATH and call pkg_add only once. Patch from Chapman Flack in PR 30929. Use PKGNAME_REQD when installing package dependencies. Patch from Chapman Flack in PR 30954.
2006-01-03 18:26:56 +01:00
@rel=${_SHORT_UNAME_R:Q} ; \
arch=${MACHINE_ARCH:Q} ; \
pkgpath=${PKGREPOSITORY:Q} ; \
for i in ${BINPKG_SITES} ; do pkgpath="$$pkgpath;$$i/All" ; done ; \
${ECHO} "Trying $$pkgpath" ; \
if ${SETENV} PKG_PATH="$$pkgpath" ${PKG_ADD} ${_BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS} ${PKGNAME_REQD:U${PKGNAME}:Q}${PKG_SUFX} ; then \
${ECHO} "`${PKG_INFO} -e ${PKGNAME_REQD:U${PKGNAME}:Q}` successfully installed."; \
else \
${SHCOMMENT} Cycle through some FTP server here ;\
${ECHO_MSG} "Installing from source" ; \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package \
DEPENDS_TARGET=${DEPENDS_TARGET:Q} && \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} clean ; \
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
fi
Fix PR 17883 by adding code to perform just-in-time su(1) functionality for the bin-install target.
2003-10-18 14:29:26 +02:00
.PHONY: bin-install
Convert just-in-time su targets to use su-target instead of ${_SU_TARGET}. Garbage-collect the (now) unused _SU_TARGET.
2006-06-04 02:39:05 +02:00
bin-install: su-target
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
@${PHASE_MSG} "Binary install for "${PKGNAME_REQD:U${PKGNAME}:Q}
Fix PR 17883 by adding code to perform just-in-time su(1) functionality for the bin-install target.
2003-10-18 14:29:26 +02:00
Add bin-install package: will install a binary package if available, else run a "make package". XXX needs to be extended to also look on some FTP sites.
2000-07-06 18:45:21 +02:00
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# The special package-building targets
# You probably won't need to touch these
################################################################
Add support for SVR4_PKGNAME: SVR4 has a lenght limitation of the package name: Only 9 characters are allowed. Thats not a real problem since gensolpkg, which is used to create a SVR4 packages, truncates the PKGNAME to 9 characters, but there is a second problem. Normaly you have a vendor identifier in that package name. gensolpkg uses at the moment TNF, so we only have 6 characters left, and that is insufficient for a few packages like the amanda ones. Where the real lenght should be limited to 5 characters so one can choose to use a vendor string up to 4 characters. SVR4_PKGNAME should be only added to a few packages where the truncation of the PKGNAME does not produce an unique package name, e.g the amanda packages. You will need pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg 1.9 which will be commited in the next few days to use SVR4_PKGNAME. TODO: add SVR4_PKGNAME support to pkglint.
2001-01-21 23:41:03 +01:00
# Set to "html" by the README.html target to generate HTML code,
# or to "svr4" to print SVR4 (Solaris, ...) short package names, from
# SVR4_PKGNAME variable.
# This variable is passed down via build-depends-list and run-depends-list
Cosmetic mods: PACKAGE_NAME_AS_LINK, which can have a YES or NO value, changed to PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE, which can have an html or name value. s/echo/${ECHO}/
1998-08-27 16:56:02 +02:00
PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE?= name
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
Renamed HTML_PKGNAME to _HTML_PKGLINK, which describes its contents more precisely. Added _HTML_PKGNAME and _HTML_PKGPATH variables for better readability. Fixed quoting style in print-summary-data.
2005-10-07 19:39:28 +02:00
_HTML_PKGNAME= ${PKGNAME:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g}
_HTML_PKGPATH= ${PKGPATH:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g}
_HTML_PKGLINK= <a href="../../${_HTML_PKGPATH}/README.html">${_HTML_PKGNAME}</a>
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: package-name
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(package-name)
package-name:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. if (${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE} == "html")
Renamed HTML_PKGNAME to _HTML_PKGLINK, which describes its contents more precisely. Added _HTML_PKGNAME and _HTML_PKGPATH variables for better readability. Fixed quoting style in print-summary-data.
2005-10-07 19:39:28 +02:00
@${ECHO} ${_HTML_PKGLINK:Q}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. elif (${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE} == "svr4")
Add support for SVR4_PKGNAME: SVR4 has a lenght limitation of the package name: Only 9 characters are allowed. Thats not a real problem since gensolpkg, which is used to create a SVR4 packages, truncates the PKGNAME to 9 characters, but there is a second problem. Normaly you have a vendor identifier in that package name. gensolpkg uses at the moment TNF, so we only have 6 characters left, and that is insufficient for a few packages like the amanda ones. Where the real lenght should be limited to 5 characters so one can choose to use a vendor string up to 4 characters. SVR4_PKGNAME should be only added to a few packages where the truncation of the PKGNAME does not produce an unique package name, e.g the amanda packages. You will need pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg 1.9 which will be commited in the next few days to use SVR4_PKGNAME. TODO: add SVR4_PKGNAME support to pkglint.
2001-01-21 23:41:03 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${SVR4_PKGNAME}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. else
Get rid of another fork.
2000-06-03 15:36:13 +02:00
@${ECHO} ${PKGNAME}
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif # PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE
Enhance look & feel of the generated README.html's.
1998-02-20 23:06:18 +01:00
.endif # !target(package-name)
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: make-readme-html-help
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
.if !target(make-readme-html-help)
make-readme-html-help:
Use the make :Q modifier for quoting strings for the shell, instead of manually doing it (in some places).
2001-02-21 16:01:29 +01:00
@${ECHO} '${PKGNAME:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g}</a>: <TD>'${COMMENT:S/&/\&amp;/g:S/>/\&gt;/g:S/</\&lt;/g:Q}
Change COMMENT handling: COMMENTs are now a variable in the Makefile instead of a pkg/COMMENT file. The COMMENT var should be in the maintainer block after the homepage. Modify bsd.pkg.mk, pkglint, url2pkg, and port2pkg (last one untested) for the new behaviour. Document new state in Packages.txt. This should save lots of inodes, and lots of time when untarring/updating. Idea by Alistair Crooks. For the time being, accept pkg/COMMENT instead of a COMMENT var to avoid a flag day.
2001-02-16 14:06:17 +01:00
.endif # !target(make-readme-html-help)
Correct comment on run-depends-list target (PR pkg/29741).
2006-04-10 06:47:30 +02:00
# Show (non-recursively) all the packages this package depends on.
Change print-depends to look into /var/db/pkg, instead of pkgsrc (implements $PACKAGE_DEPENDS_QUICK) -- Thomas Klausner hinted me at some interresting problem WRT the print-depends package. If something depends on suse_linus-6.*, that package will register whatever suse_linux there is right now on the system (in his case V6.1). What print-depends then does is also dig out any pkgs required for suse_linux, based on what's in pkgsrc, which is of course _wrong_, as this most likely doesn't match the installed version.[*] The right thing instead is to print whatever the (currently installed) suse_linux package depends on, which can be read from "pkg_info -qf" output, looking at the @pkgdep lines. Of course this only works if the pkg is actually installed, so it cannot be used for README.html generation etc., but that's bad luck. One positive aspect of using the @pkgdep list instead of going down recursively is that this saves some time and processes. On my P133 it's going down from ~11s to 0.5s for the pkgsrc/x11/kde package. During a "make package" of kde itself (not counting the depending pkgs) this will cut down like 20s (once for the fake-pkg target, and another one for the pkg_create args - maybe a 3rd time for pkg_create in fake-pkg, but I don't want to check that right now). Anyways, a general solution would be to use the "pkg_info -qf | grep @pkgdep" in print-depends instead of recursion (only!) in the places that we know that the depends are installed. Which is the PKG_ARGS assignment (for pkg_create) and the fake-pkg target. [*] Plus it may be questioned that we should not go down recursively for pkg depends anyways, but this is used in too many subtle ways throughout the system to change.
2000-03-09 15:05:26 +01:00
# If PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS is set, print as pattern (if possible)
Bump PKGTOOLS_REQD to 20000202. As a consequence of this - unconditionally enable the size code - use wildcards consistently (PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS=true)
2000-02-02 17:28:55 +01:00
PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS?=true
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: run-depends-list
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(run-depends-list)
run-depends-list:
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. for dep in ${DEPENDS}
When displaying a list of "dependencies" in the run-depends-list target, don't display what we're doing if PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL is non-zero - the output of run-depends-list is fed to pkg_create(1) and encoded in the binary package as a list of @pkgdep lines, and expanding the output is not the right thing to do.
2001-05-24 15:28:36 +02:00
@pkg="${dep:C/:.*//}"; \
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
dir="${dep:C/[^:]*://}"; \
Allow using absolute paths as second component of DEPENDS again.
2000-06-04 02:50:48 +02:00
cd ${.CURDIR}; \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
if ${PACKAGE_DEPENDS_WITH_PATTERNS}; then \
${ECHO} "$$pkg"; \
else \
if cd $$dir 2>/dev/null; then \
Clean up the previous commits: * in package-depends split handling of DEPENDS and RUN_DEPENDS again. The fact that the code was equal for both cases (and thus broken!) is no excuse to fold the two together. (What's the difference? DEPENDS has a pkg name/patter as first value, RUN_DEPENDS has a executable name of file/path) * cut down two more ()s * fix binpkg-list to find binary pkgs again. Remember, $PACKAGES is where binary packages are placed, under a well defined directory structure (including dir "All" and category dirs). * Sort available binary pkgs in README.html by machine again * Inline one more use of the "package-path" target. It's unused now. Anyone care if we remove it? * Fix variable name in print-pkg-depend-sizes: the first component of DEPENDS is a package-name/patter, not a program.
2000-06-03 18:52:32 +02:00
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package-name PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE=${PACKAGE_NAME_TYPE}; \
* Move the clean-depends target near the clear target * some whitespace change to enhance readability
2000-05-31 18:59:44 +02:00
else \
In package-depends, don't print warnings about non-existing dir if the information from that dir isn't used. Reviewed by: wiz
2000-06-24 01:41:43 +02:00
${ECHO_MSG} "Warning: \"$$dir\" non-existent -- @pkgdep registration incomplete" >&2; \
fi; \
Clean up the previous commits: * in package-depends split handling of DEPENDS and RUN_DEPENDS again. The fact that the code was equal for both cases (and thus broken!) is no excuse to fold the two together. (What's the difference? DEPENDS has a pkg name/patter as first value, RUN_DEPENDS has a executable name of file/path) * cut down two more ()s * fix binpkg-list to find binary pkgs again. Remember, $PACKAGES is where binary packages are placed, under a well defined directory structure (including dir "All" and category dirs). * Sort available binary pkgs in README.html by machine again * Inline one more use of the "package-path" target. It's unused now. Anyone care if we remove it? * Fix variable name in print-pkg-depend-sizes: the first component of DEPENDS is a package-name/patter, not a program.
2000-06-03 18:52:32 +02:00
fi
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endfor
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.endif # target(run-depends-list)
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: build-depends-list
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(build-depends-list)
build-depends-list:
Use show-all-depends-dirs-excl for build-depends-list target. Makes e.g. "make readme" awfully faster. TODO: Similar change for run-depends-list.
2002-03-02 17:09:14 +01:00
@for dir in `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} show-all-depends-dirs-excl`; \
do \
(cd ../../$$dir && \
${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} package-name) \
done
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
# If PACKAGES is set to the default (../../pkgsrc/packages), the current
# ${MACHINE_ARCH} and "release" (uname -r) will be used. Otherwise a directory
# structure of ...pkgsrc/packages/`uname -r`/${MACHINE_ARCH} is assumed.
# The PKG_URL is set from FTP_PKG_URL_* or CDROM_PKG_URL_*, depending on
# the target used to generate the README.html file.
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: binpkg-list
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
.if !target(binpkg-list)
binpkg-list:
replace use of ${TEST} -e with -f or -d as appropriate. use consistent shell syntax. this allows the pkgsrc framework to work with IRIX 5.3 and Solaris' sh(1) built-in test(1).
2004-07-03 23:59:04 +02:00
@if ${TEST} -d ${PACKAGES}; then \
Check that the ${PACKAGES} directory exists, before trying to cd there. This modification allows "make readme" to succeed even if the ${PACKAGES} hierarchy does not exist. Fixes PR 12480 from Arto Selonen (arto@selonen.org), and addresses PR 12362 from Masao Uebayashi <uebayasi@soum.co.jp>
2001-05-03 15:01:04 +02:00
cd ${PACKAGES}; \
case ${.CURDIR} in \
*/pkgsrc/packages) \
for pkg in ${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/${PKGWILDCARD}${PKG_SUFX} ; \
do \
if [ -f "$$pkg" ] ; then \
pkgname=`${ECHO} $$pkg | ${SED} 's@.*/@@'`; \
${ECHO} "<TR><TD>${MACHINE_ARCH}:<TD><a href=\"${PKG_URL}/$$pkg\">$$pkgname</a><TD>(${OPSYS} ${OS_VERSION})"; \
fi ; \
done ; \
;; \
*) \
cd ${PACKAGES}/../..; \
for i in [1-9].*/*; do \
if cd ${PACKAGES}/../../$$i/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR} 2>/dev/null; then \
for j in ${PKGWILDCARD}${PKG_SUFX}; \
do \
if [ -f "$$j" ]; then \
${ECHO} $$i/$$j;\
fi; \
done; \
fi; \
done | ${AWK} -F/ ' \
{ \
release = $$1; \
arch = $$2; \
pkg = $$3; \
Properly fix meta-characters quoting in awk regexp specified as strings: `\' needs to be quoted in a string. Also remove some unnecessary `\' in awk strings.
2003-12-13 01:34:39 +01:00
gsub("\\.tgz","", pkg); \
Check that the ${PACKAGES} directory exists, before trying to cd there. This modification allows "make readme" to succeed even if the ${PACKAGES} hierarchy does not exist. Fixes PR 12480 from Arto Selonen (arto@selonen.org), and addresses PR 12362 from Masao Uebayashi <uebayasi@soum.co.jp>
2001-05-03 15:01:04 +02:00
if (arch != "m68k" && arch != "mipsel") { \
if (arch in urls) \
urls[arch "/" pkg "/" release] = "<a href=\"${PKG_URL}/" release "/" arch "/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/" pkg "${PKG_SUFX}\">" pkg "</a>, " urls[arch]; \
else \
urls[arch "/" pkg "/" release] = "<a href=\"${PKG_URL}/" release "/" arch "/${PKGREPOSITORYSUBDIR}/" pkg "${PKG_SUFX}\">" pkg "</a> "; \
} \
} \
END { \
for (av in urls) { \
split(av, ava, "/"); \
arch=ava[1]; \
pkg=ava[2]; \
release=ava[3]; \
print "<TR><TD>" arch ":<TD>" urls[av] "<TD>(${OPSYS} " release ")"; \
} \
Use ${SORT} and ${WC} instead of sort and wc. Also some minor whitespace fixes.
2001-06-12 15:17:01 +02:00
}' | ${SORT} \
Check that the ${PACKAGES} directory exists, before trying to cd there. This modification allows "make readme" to succeed even if the ${PACKAGES} hierarchy does not exist. Fixes PR 12480 from Arto Selonen (arto@selonen.org), and addresses PR 12362 from Masao Uebayashi <uebayasi@soum.co.jp>
2001-05-03 15:01:04 +02:00
;; \
esac; \
fi
Add "click here to download"-links.
1998-05-25 02:04:30 +02:00
.endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
################################################################
# Everything after here are internal targets and really
# shouldn't be touched by anybody but the release engineers.
################################################################
# This target generates an index entry suitable for aggregation into
# a large index. Format is:
#
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# distribution-name|package-path|installation-prefix|comment| \
- fix comment about what shows up in the index file. - add ONLY_FOR_ARCHS and NOT_FOR_OPSYS to the list of variables that goes in the print-summary-data output. This is the first step in speeding up the 'make index' process.
2003-07-19 04:50:22 +02:00
# description-file|maintainer|categories|build deps|run deps|for arch| \
# not for opsys
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: describe
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(describe)
describe:
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
@${ECHO_N} "${PKGNAME}|${.CURDIR}|"; \
${ECHO_N} "${PREFIX}|"; \
${ECHO_N} ${COMMENT:Q}; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
if [ -f ${DESCR_SRC} ]; then \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "|${DESCR_SRC}"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "|/dev/null"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "|${MAINTAINER}|${CATEGORIES}|"; \
- The comment above the _COOKIE settings says "don't change these!!", so use = to set them, not ?=. - _DEPENDS_USE doesn't actually do any macro expansion, so save some processing time by executing it exactly once (remove the .USE operator). - Merge the IGNORE targets. Add an IGNORE target for depends and check-depends (see bottom). - Don't check for installation of a package in ${DEPENDS} when doing a "make depends". Instead, let the return code of make fall through (using && instead of ; in the last clause of each depend recursion block). - Provide a variable IGNORE_FAIL: when set, causes the ignore message to be printed (regardless of IGNORE_SILENT or ECHO_MSG setting) and the build to fail with ${FALSE}. Used with the next addition: - Add a new target, "check-depends", which is called as part of "real-fetch". This validates whether the dependencies of a pkg to be built are installed, and if not, whether those dependencies will prospectively build (will not set IGNORE directly or indirectly through the various disable options). Recurses to "depends" with a DEPENDS_TARGET of "check-depends". ...And now, it is no longer necessary to mark dependent pkgs as unusable when their dependencies are unusable thanks to an incorrect LICENSE, _FOR_PLATFORM setting, and so forth. The check-depends step will validate everything before fetching a single file.
1999-05-25 01:04:52 +02:00
case "A${BUILD_DEPENDS}B${DEPENDS}C" in \
ABC) ;; \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
*) cd ${.CURDIR} && ${ECHO_N} `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} build-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`;; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
esac; \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "|"; \
if [ "${DEPENDS}" != "" ]; then \
cd ${.CURDIR} && ${ECHO_N} `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`; \
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
fi; \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "|"; \
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
if [ "${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}" = "" ]; then \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "any"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
${ECHO_N} "${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "|"; \
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
if [ "${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}" = "" ]; then \
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
${ECHO_N} "any"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
else \
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
${ECHO_N} "not ${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}"; \
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
fi; \
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
${ECHO} ""
.endif
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: readmes
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(readmes)
readmes: readme
.endif
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
# This target is used to generate README.html files
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: readme
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(readme)
s/netbsd.org/NetBSD.org/, s/freebsd.org/FreeBSD.org/
2004-02-25 10:24:52 +01:00
FTP_PKG_URL_HOST?= ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
FTP_PKG_URL_DIR?= /pub/NetBSD/packages
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
readme:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} README.html PKG_URL=${FTP_PKG_URL_HOST}${FTP_PKG_URL_DIR}
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
.endif
# This target is used to generate README.html files, very like "readme"
# However, a different target was used for ease of use.
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: cdrom-readme
Add a cdrom-readme target, a clone of the readme target, for ease of use. The URLs in the generated README.html files can be specified by overriding the CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR definitions. Document the targets, and clean up some English, in Packages.txt
1998-09-23 15:09:32 +02:00
.if !target(cdrom-readme)
CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST?= file://localhost
CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR?= /usr/pkgsrc/packages
cdrom-readme:
Speedups! Major changes: * Avoid a big bunch of subshells/forks/execs by using make(1) features; should be good for some minor speedups. * Use shell builtins for echo, true, false, test. Using full paths here causes fork&execs, making things slow. Only changed for NetBSD. * Rename all references to ${.MAKEFLAGS} to ${MAKEFLAGS}. See make(1). * Evaluate all !=s only once, and add them to MAKEFLAGS * Pass ${MAKEFLAGS} to ALL ${MAKE} calls Now PKGTOOLS_VERSION is really only set once in a whole "make package" cycle, even across dependencies. Minor changes: * SORTED_MASTER_SITES was renamed SORTED_MASTER_SITES_CMD and is now (only) execuded in the places where it's needed. * Don't check for /usr/bin/fetch - we never had it, and if someone depends on it he can set FETCH_CMD instead. * Don't fall back to README.port * Replace some commands by their uppercase equivalents (sed -> ${SED}, same for grep, awk, ...) * Some whitespace changes to improve readability => With these changes, times for a "make clean" in x11/kde go down to 20%, time for "make readme" goes down to 33%!
2000-06-03 09:15:28 +02:00
@cd ${.CURDIR} && ${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} README.html PKG_URL=${CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST}${CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR}
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
README_NAME= ${TEMPLATES}/README.pkg
Remove the magic control characters in a similar way to Bill Fenner's patch for bsd.port.subdir.mk.
1997-11-21 18:44:11 +01:00
Add any licensing information to the README.html files which are generated for each package.
1998-07-22 11:18:46 +02:00
# set up the correct license information as a sed expression
Replaced .ifdef with .if defined() and .ifndef with .if !defined(). This will allow better error checking in Makefiles.
2005-05-14 03:50:38 +02:00
.if defined(LICENSE)
Remove accidental extra space. And also fix four places using spaces instead of a tab to be consistent. (For some reason my cvs diff didn't show anything though.)
2005-10-04 19:33:44 +02:00
SED_LICENSE_EXPR= -e 's|%%LICENSE%%|<p>Please note that this package has a ${LICENSE} license.</p>|'
Add any licensing information to the README.html files which are generated for each package.
1998-07-22 11:18:46 +02:00
.else
Remove accidental extra space. And also fix four places using spaces instead of a tab to be consistent. (For some reason my cvs diff didn't show anything though.)
2005-10-04 19:33:44 +02:00
SED_LICENSE_EXPR= -e 's|%%LICENSE%%||'
Add any licensing information to the README.html files which are generated for each package.
1998-07-22 11:18:46 +02:00
.endif
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
# set up the "more info URL" information as a sed expression
Replaced .ifdef with .if defined() and .ifndef with .if !defined(). This will allow better error checking in Makefiles.
2005-05-14 03:50:38 +02:00
.if defined(HOMEPAGE)
Remove accidental extra space. And also fix four places using spaces instead of a tab to be consistent. (For some reason my cvs diff didn't show anything though.)
2005-10-04 19:33:44 +02:00
SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR= -e 's|%%HOMEPAGE%%|<p>This package has a home page at <a HREF="${HOMEPAGE}">${HOMEPAGE}</a>.</p>|'
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
.else
Remove accidental extra space. And also fix four places using spaces instead of a tab to be consistent. (For some reason my cvs diff didn't show anything though.)
2005-10-04 19:33:44 +02:00
SED_HOMEPAGE_EXPR= -e 's|%%HOMEPAGE%%||'
The Grand Homepagification: - New, optional Makefile variable HOMEPAGE, specifies a URL for the home page of the software if it has one. - The value of HOMEPAGE is used to add a link from the README.html files. - pkglint updated to know about it. The "correct" location for HOMEPAGE in the Makefile is after MAINTAINER, in that same section.
1998-08-20 17:16:34 +02:00
.endif
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: show-vulnerabilities-html
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
show-vulnerabilities-html:
Fix PR 15395, whereby a package entry in the vulnerabilities file, which shared a common prefix with a package being installed, would erroneously be flagged as having a vulnerability. (e.g. samba and sam).
2002-01-28 21:55:26 +01:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
Whitespace police - no functional change
2004-12-21 18:30:07 +01:00
if [ -f ${PKGVULNDIR}/pkg-vulnerabilities ]; then \
In the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets, tighten down further the regexp used to match a vulnerable package.
2002-01-29 16:07:55 +01:00
${AWK} '/^${PKGBASE}[-<>=]+[0-9]/ { gsub("\<", "\\&lt;", $$1); \
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
gsub("\>", "\\&gt;", $$1); \
Open/close HTML mark-up in the correct order. Noted by Kevin P. Neal.
2003-02-09 15:59:12 +01:00
printf("<LI><STRONG>%s has a %s exploit (see <a href=\"%s\">%s</a> for more details)</STRONG></LI>\n", $$1, $$2, $$3, $$3) }' \
Whitespace police - no functional change
2004-12-21 18:30:07 +01:00
${PKGVULNDIR}/pkg-vulnerabilities; \
Fix the show-vulnerabilities and show-vulnerabilities-html targets to work properly in the absence of a vulnerability list.
2000-09-28 12:50:43 +02:00
fi
Add the glue for showing any security vulnerabilities to the README.html files.
2000-09-19 21:29:11 +02:00
redo the README.html target for increased speed. For packages with no dependencies the speedup is about 2x for ones like gnome with lots of dependencies, the speedup is aroud 400x. The speedup is obtained by generating the dependency list in a more efficient way that only takes 1 make call per dependency instead of potentially many many make calls.
2003-01-04 23:20:47 +01:00
# If PACKAGES is set to the default (../../packages), the current
# ${MACHINE_ARCH} and "release" (uname -r) will be used. Otherwise a directory
# structure of ...pkgsrc/packages/`uname -r`/${MACHINE_ARCH} is assumed.
# The PKG_URL is set from FTP_PKG_URL_* or CDROM_PKG_URL_*, depending on
# the target used to generate the README.html file.
cleanup of README.html generation code, as provided in PR 7989 by Jaromir Dolecek <dolecek@ics.muni.cz>. While there, mark the README.html as precious, so it doesn't get removed if the build process is interrupted.
1999-07-14 21:34:06 +02:00
.PHONY: README.html
README.html: .PRECIOUS
s/${ENV}/${SETENV}/, noted by Kevin P. Neal in connection with PR 19586.
2003-02-09 15:38:51 +01:00
@${SETENV} AWK=${AWK} BMAKE=${MAKE} ../../mk/scripts/mkdatabase -f $@.tmp1
replace use of ${TEST} -e with -f or -d as appropriate. use consistent shell syntax. this allows the pkgsrc framework to work with IRIX 5.3 and Solaris' sh(1) built-in test(1).
2004-07-03 23:59:04 +02:00
@if ${TEST} -d ${PACKAGES}; then \
redo the README.html target for increased speed. For packages with no dependencies the speedup is about 2x for ones like gnome with lots of dependencies, the speedup is aroud 400x. The speedup is obtained by generating the dependency list in a more efficient way that only takes 1 make call per dependency instead of potentially many many make calls.
2003-01-04 23:20:47 +01:00
cd ${PACKAGES}; \
Make BUILD_DIR always point to a physical path by invoking /bin/pwd instead of relying on the shell's builtin pwd. This makes BUILD_DIR consistently point to the correct directory regardless of the definition of SHELL. This fixes elusive some buildlink2 errors due to the fact that BUILDLINK_DIR is derived from BUILD_DIR and some paths were incorrectly being translated.
2003-01-15 21:55:38 +01:00
case `${PWD_CMD}` in \
* Make PKGSRC_TOPDIR a private variable by renaming it to _PKGSRC_TOPDIR, as it's only used internally by bsd.prefs.mk. * Make _PKGSRCDIR a public variable by renaming it to PKGSRCDIR. Also, generate its value from ${_PKGSRC_TOPDIR} so it's less fragile than the old method of stripping off the last two components of ${.CURDIR}. PKGSRCDIR may now be used after bsd.prefs.mk is defined. * Change all references to _PKGSRCDIR to PKGSRCDIR.
2004-10-07 04:01:37 +02:00
${PKGSRCDIR}/packages) \
redo the README.html target for increased speed. For packages with no dependencies the speedup is about 2x for ones like gnome with lots of dependencies, the speedup is aroud 400x. The speedup is obtained by generating the dependency list in a more efficient way that only takes 1 make call per dependency instead of potentially many many make calls.
2003-01-04 23:20:47 +01:00
MULTIARCH=no; \
;; \
*) \
MULTIARCH=yes; \
;; \
esac; \
cd ${.CURDIR} ; \
fi; \
${AWK} -f ../../mk/scripts/genreadme.awk \
builddependsfile=/dev/null \
dependsfile=/dev/null \
Fixed some quoting issues.
2005-05-22 17:31:03 +02:00
AWK=${AWK:Q} \
CMP=${CMP:Q} \
DISTDIR=${DISTDIR:Q} \
GREP=${GREP:Q} \
PACKAGES=${PACKAGES:Q} \
PKG_INFO=${PKG_INFO:Q} \
PKG_SUFX=${PKG_SUFX:Q} \
PKG_URL=${PKG_URL:Q} \
PKGSRCDIR=${.CURDIR:C|/[^/]*/[^/]*$||:Q} \
SED=${SED:Q} \
SETENV=${SETENV:Q} \
SORT=${SORT:Q} \
TMPDIR=${TMPDIR:U/tmp:Q} \
SINGLEPKG=${PKGPATH:Q} \
kill some trailing whitespace
2003-03-30 07:06:49 +02:00
$@.tmp1
redo the README.html target for increased speed. For packages with no dependencies the speedup is about 2x for ones like gnome with lots of dependencies, the speedup is aroud 400x. The speedup is obtained by generating the dependency list in a more efficient way that only takes 1 make call per dependency instead of potentially many many make calls.
2003-01-04 23:20:47 +01:00
@${RM} $@.tmp1
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: show-pkgtools-version
Add Solaris support to pkgsrc, using Christos Zoulas' NetBSD emulation package. Tested for some packages on Solaris 2.6 on Sparc.
1999-03-08 18:26:54 +01:00
.if !target(show-pkgtools-version)
show-pkgtools-version:
Calculate current pkgtools version once (inline rather than via additional make call), and pass it in the environment to any recursive make calls. 'make fetch' in gnumeric on my system is now > 15% faster checking dependencies.
2000-01-07 13:24:14 +01:00
@${ECHO} ${PKGTOOLS_VERSION}
if ${IDENT} does not exist, assume that the package tools are ok. This is for bootstrapping on systems that don't have RCS installed.
1999-08-31 23:45:45 +02:00
.endif
add print-pkgtools_ver to get version of currently-installed pkg-tools
1998-11-09 15:41:30 +01:00
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
# convenience target, to display make variables from command line
# i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var", will print var's value
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: show-var
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
show-var:
show-var: implement quoting via make's :Q modifier, instead of home-brewn.
2001-04-17 18:56:21 +02:00
@${ECHO} ${${VARNAME}:Q}
Add a convenience target called "show-var", which will echo a make(1) variable from the command line: i.e. "make show-var VARNAME=var" will echo var's value
1999-09-28 12:03:16 +02:00
Add a new "show-vars" target which allows to display several makefile variables at once.
2001-10-26 23:42:44 +02:00
# enhanced version of target above, to display multiple variables
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: show-vars
Add a new "show-vars" target which allows to display several makefile variables at once.
2001-10-26 23:42:44 +02:00
show-vars:
.for VARNAME in ${VARNAMES}
@${ECHO} ${${VARNAME}:Q}
.endfor
Add "show-vars-eval" target, which outputs eval-able shell expressions to allow easy setting of multiple variables in one invocation.
2005-10-16 19:44:45 +02:00
# displays multiple variables as shell expressions
# VARS is space separated list of VARNAME:shellvarname
.PHONY: show-vars-eval
show-vars-eval:
.for var in ${VARS}
@${ECHO} ${var:C/^.*://}="${${var:C/:.*$//}:Q}"
.endfor
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: print-build-depends-list
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(print-build-depends-list)
print-build-depends-list:
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
. if !empty(BUILD_DEPENDS) || !empty(DEPENDS)
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
@${ECHO_N} 'This package requires package(s) "'
@${ECHO_N} `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} build-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${ECHO} '" to build.'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: print-run-depends-list
* More target renaming: depends-list => build-depends-list package-depends => run-depends-list print-depends-list => print-build-depends-list print-package-depends => print-run-depends-list * While there, fix print-run-depends-list to not seperate items by \n. Changes discussed with wiz.
2000-08-01 04:51:34 +02:00
.if !target(print-run-depends-list)
print-run-depends-list:
Merge down some more visual cleanup from tv-derecurse to reduce divergence. Part of this, introduce bsd.pkg.use.mk, where the Special Logic invoked by various pkgsrc-wide USE_* variables will be migrated/consolidated.
2005-02-11 16:55:13 +01:00
. if !empty(DEPENDS)
Convert "${ECHO} -n" to "${ECHO_N}", and introduce that into the defs.* files. On most platforms this resolves back to "${ECHO} -n".
2004-04-07 16:26:50 +02:00
@${ECHO_N} 'This package requires package(s) "'
@${ECHO_N} `${MAKE} ${MAKEFLAGS} run-depends-list | ${SORT} -u`
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
@${ECHO} '" to run.'
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. endif
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.endif
move bulk/{mkreadme,genreadme.awk} to scripts/ as this is a more suitable location. They are not really part of the bulk build stuff.
2003-01-04 22:13:34 +01:00
# This target is used by the mk/scripts/mkreadme script to generate
add a print-summary-data target which will be used by the new bulk README.html generation script. This target gives all information needed by the README.html file in 1 make call.
2002-11-11 22:46:51 +01:00
# README.html files
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: print-summary-data
add a print-summary-data target which will be used by the new bulk README.html generation script. This target gives all information needed by the README.html file in 1 make call.
2002-11-11 22:46:51 +01:00
.if !target(print-summary-data)
print-summary-data:
Renamed HTML_PKGNAME to _HTML_PKGLINK, which describes its contents more precisely. Added _HTML_PKGNAME and _HTML_PKGPATH variables for better readability. Fixed quoting style in print-summary-data.
2005-10-07 19:39:28 +02:00
@${ECHO} depends ${PKGPATH} ${DEPENDS:Q}
@${ECHO} build_depends ${PKGPATH} ${BUILD_DEPENDS:Q}
@${ECHO} conflicts ${PKGPATH} ${CONFLICTS:Q}
@${ECHO} index ${PKGPATH} ${PKGNAME:Q}
@${ECHO} htmlname ${PKGPATH} ${_HTML_PKGLINK:Q}
add a print-summary-data target which will be used by the new bulk README.html generation script. This target gives all information needed by the README.html file in 1 make call.
2002-11-11 22:46:51 +01:00
@${ECHO} homepage ${PKGPATH} ${HOMEPAGE:Q}
@${ECHO} wildcard ${PKGPATH} ${PKGWILDCARD:Q}
@${ECHO} comment ${PKGPATH} ${COMMENT:Q}
@${ECHO} license ${PKGPATH} ${LICENSE:Q}
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
@if [ "${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}" = "" ]; then \
rework the INDEX file generation. The new approach speeds up things by several orders of magnitude and 'make index' now takes 30 minutes or so instead of several days on my test machine. The approach now is to take one pass through every package and extract some key information including the explicitly listed dependencies. After the data is extracted, the dependencies are flattened in one step which avoids the extremely inefficient recursive make that was previously used.
2003-07-23 11:41:23 +02:00
${ECHO} "onlyfor ${PKGPATH} any"; \
else \
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
${ECHO} "onlyfor ${PKGPATH} ${ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM}"; \
fi
@if [ "${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}" = "" ]; then \
rework the INDEX file generation. The new approach speeds up things by several orders of magnitude and 'make index' now takes 30 minutes or so instead of several days on my test machine. The approach now is to take one pass through every package and extract some key information including the explicitly listed dependencies. After the data is extracted, the dependencies are flattened in one step which avoids the extremely inefficient recursive make that was previously used.
2003-07-23 11:41:23 +02:00
${ECHO} "notfor ${PKGPATH} any"; \
else \
Change some remaining ONLY_FOR_ARCHS to ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_ARCH to NOT_FOR_PLATFORM that were missed when these variables were changed ages ago.
2006-01-03 00:24:58 +01:00
${ECHO} "notfor ${PKGPATH} not ${NOT_FOR_PLATFORM}"; \
rework the INDEX file generation. The new approach speeds up things by several orders of magnitude and 'make index' now takes 30 minutes or so instead of several days on my test machine. The approach now is to take one pass through every package and extract some key information including the explicitly listed dependencies. After the data is extracted, the dependencies are flattened in one step which avoids the extremely inefficient recursive make that was previously used.
2003-07-23 11:41:23 +02:00
fi;
@${ECHO} "maintainer ${PKGPATH} ${MAINTAINER}"
@${ECHO} "categories ${PKGPATH} ${CATEGORIES}"
Whitespace police - no functional change
2004-12-21 18:30:07 +01:00
@if [ -f ${DESCR_SRC} ]; then \
${ECHO} "descr ${PKGPATH} ${DESCR_SRC:S;${PKGSRCDIR}/;;g}"; \
else \
${ECHO} "descr ${PKGPATH} /dev/null"; \
rework the INDEX file generation. The new approach speeds up things by several orders of magnitude and 'make index' now takes 30 minutes or so instead of several days on my test machine. The approach now is to take one pass through every package and extract some key information including the explicitly listed dependencies. After the data is extracted, the dependencies are flattened in one step which avoids the extremely inefficient recursive make that was previously used.
2003-07-23 11:41:23 +02:00
fi
@${ECHO} "prefix ${PKGPATH} ${PREFIX}"
add a print-summary-data target which will be used by the new bulk README.html generation script. This target gives all information needed by the README.html file in 1 make call.
2002-11-11 22:46:51 +01:00
.endif
Added a variable LICENSE_FILE that may be set to point to the license file of the package. It does _not_ replace the LICENSE variable. The variable is currently only used in the show-license target. It is intended that LICENSE_FILE is used for licenses that only apply to a single package or a package group, so that the number of licenses in the licenses/ directory is kept small.
2005-09-28 10:24:52 +02:00
LICENSE_FILE?= ${PKGSRCDIR}/licenses/${LICENSE}
Add a "show-license" target, and a "show-licence" alias, to display the package's licence, if it's non-standard.
2001-01-05 18:37:12 +01:00
.if !target(show-license)
show-license show-licence:
Added a variable LICENSE_FILE that may be set to point to the license file of the package. It does _not_ replace the LICENSE variable. The variable is currently only used in the show-license target. It is intended that LICENSE_FILE is used for licenses that only apply to a single package or a package group, so that the number of licenses in the licenses/ directory is kept small.
2005-09-28 10:24:52 +02:00
@license=${LICENSE:Q}; \
license_file=${LICENSE_FILE:Q}; \
pager=${PAGER:Q}; \
case "$$pager" in "") pager=${CAT:Q};; esac; \
case "$$license" in "") exit 0;; esac; \
if ${TEST} -f "$$license_file"; then \
$$pager "$$license_file"; \
else \
${ECHO} "Generic $$license information not available"; \
${ECHO} "See the package description (pkg_info -d ${PKGNAME}) for more information."; \
Add a "show-license" target, and a "show-licence" alias, to display the package's licence, if it's non-standard.
2001-01-05 18:37:12 +01:00
fi
.endif
Add code to include the size of a package into both the installed version and binary packages. The size can be queried then via pkg_info: xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -s xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size of this package in bytes: 4670692 xfeyrer @ noon% pkg_info -S xv Information for xv-3.10apl1: Size in bytes including required pkgs: 14610165 While doing work on the size code, support for the @src directive was removed (formerly enabled with the pkg_create -s switch, but unused in our pkg system). The new pkg_info -s and -S switches were tested on installed, local (file) and remote (ftp) packages. In bsd.pkg.mk, take special care for pkg_* versions that do not have the pkg_create -s and -S switches and do not record size information there.
1999-11-29 20:48:15 +01:00
Add a dummy describe-options target for package not using the options framework.
2005-05-08 15:52:25 +02:00
# This target is defined in bsd.options.mk for packages that use
# the options framework.
Rename describe-options to show-options, replacing the old show-options target.
2005-05-31 14:10:07 +02:00
.if !target(show-options)
.PHONY: show-options
show-options:
Add a dummy describe-options target for package not using the options framework.
2005-05-08 15:52:25 +02:00
@${ECHO} This package does not use the options framework.
.endif
This is NetBSD. s/port/package/g
1999-08-10 12:48:23 +02:00
# Depend is generally meaningless for arbitrary packages, but if someone wants
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
# one they can override this. This is just to catch people who've gotten into
make -> ${MAKE}, as per FreeBSD's PR 6341.
1998-04-19 14:48:07 +02:00
# the habit of typing `${MAKE} depend all install' as a matter of course.
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
#
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: depend
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(depend)
depend:
.endif
# Same goes for tags
Mark all targets that do not correspond to real files with the .PHONY attribute.
2003-07-24 00:02:48 +02:00
.PHONY: tags
Initial import of FreeBSD's ports makefiles.
1997-08-20 12:21:05 +02:00
.if !target(tags)
tags:
.endif
- Add OpenBSD and FreeBSD Ids in the header - Changes from FreeBSD's V1.164: * Warn if mtree-file not found * On 'make reinstall' gets DEPENDS_TARGET set to 'reinstall' instead of 'install' - Changes from OpenBSD's V1.14: * Documentation and implementation for ONLY_FOR_ARCHS * Documentation and implementation for WRKOBJDIR * Documentation on HAVE_MOTIF and MOTIF_STATIC: set in /etc/mk.conf, not /etc/make.conf * Set NOMANCOMPRESS=no to still compress man-pages (should probably be set to 'yes') * DEF_UMASK=022 * add ${MACHINE} suffix to WRKDIR if OBJMACHINE is set * .include <bsd.own.mk>
1997-09-28 02:44:15 +02:00
Initial commit of a new module that encapsulates all of the code for manipulating PLISTs. This module is not used by default pending more widespread testing -- currently the variable _USE_PLIST_MODULE must be defined in /etc/mk.conf to enable its use. The main features of the new PLIST module are: (1) Splits out the PLIST-handling code from bsd.pkg.mk into a separate "plist" module. (2) Splits out giant, multi-line awk scripts stored in make variables into separate awk scripts that may be joined together to post-process PLISTs. Each of these awk scripts consolidates the processing for one set of files, e.g., man pages, info pages, etc., and is more easily commented than a make variable. (3) Splits out the print-PLIST code from the regular PLIST code since they have no common pieces (print-plist.mk vs. plist.mk). (4) Completely re-implements the shared-library handling to be more efficient. Along the way, this also fixes a problem for Mac OS X users where the PLISTs incorrectly contained absolute paths. (5) Completely re-implements the info-file handling so that we can migrate from INFO_FILES definitions to just adding info/foo.info entries in the static PLISTs. (6) Adds commented-out support for automatically compressed or decompressed info page entries based on the value of MANZ. These changes will be activated after texinfo.mk has been replaced by something that is built using the more modern primitives now available in pkgsrc. (7) Move the file compression logic into a separate script "doc-compress" that compresses or decompresses files while minding symlinks. This script is now called by bsd.pkg.mk to do the "autmoatic man page handling". In the future, it will also handle the "automatic info page handling" and possible others. In general, the idea is to move stuff out of the Makefiles and into separate files where we don't need to worry about quoting rules and where each file can have a separate history of commits. This simplifies the makefile logic (especially in terms of readability) and also simplifies maintenance of the code.
2006-01-13 00:43:56 +01:00
.include "../../mk/plist/bsd.plist.mk"
Create a standalone awk script, depends-depth-first.awk, that encapsulates the code that performs the dependency graph traversal (in depth-first fashion). This script has a hook that allows executing a shell command line upon visiting a dependency's package directory in either prefix or postfix order, and may be used to simplify the code in bsd.pkg.mk that iterates over dependencies. This awk script requires the target "show-depends-pkgpaths", which is defined in a new Makefile pkgsrc/mk/bsd.utils.mk. This file should accumulate "utility" targets that current exist in bsd.pkg.mk, i.e., "helper" targets for various actions.
2006-01-18 01:10:07 +01:00
.include "../../mk/bsd.utils.mk"
(*) Nuke the _BUILDLINK_SUBST_USE target now that subst.mk does the same thing. (*) Move the code to adjust Makefiles to refer to the correct PKGLOCALEDIR into bsd.pkg.mk and reimplement it using subst.mk so that it's non-USE_BUILDLINK2 packages can use it, too. (*) Reimplement the PKGCONFIG_OVERRIDE code in bsd.pkg.mk using subst.mk. (*) Reimplement the unbuildlink code in bsd.buildlink2.mk using subst.mk.
2003-08-27 13:29:56 +02:00
.include "../../mk/subst.mk"
Pull in bulk-build targets if BATCH is set
2000-07-28 03:16:27 +02:00
#
# For bulk build targets (bulk-install, bulk-package), the
* Remove RUN_DEPENDS (left in packages.7 intentionally) * Renamed misc-depends to run-depends, and drop (old) run-depends altogether Code reviewed by wiz.
2000-08-01 04:16:58 +02:00
# BATCH variable must be set in /etc/mk.conf:
Pull in bulk-build targets if BATCH is set
2000-07-28 03:16:27 +02:00
#
.if defined(BATCH)
Change indentation (whitespace changes only!): .if .if .if . if .else => . else .endif . endif .endif .endif Patch contributed by Marc Espie <espie@liafa.jussieu.fr> in preparation of merging latest changes with the OpenPackages project. Thanks Marc!
2001-07-19 00:43:32 +02:00
. include "../../mk/bulk/bsd.bulk-pkg.mk"
Pull in bulk-build targets if BATCH is set
2000-07-28 03:16:27 +02:00
.endif
Allow the creation of error handlers for shell commands in make targets. PKG_ERROR_CLASSES is a list of error handlers, PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.<class>, to create. The default error handler will rethrow the exit code after emitting an error message that may be specified per-class with PKG_ERROR_MSG.<class>. Create error messages for the configure and build phases that inform the user of places to go looking for why the build didn't complete.
2005-01-10 19:34:48 +01:00
# Create a PKG_ERROR_HANDLER shell command for each class listed in
# PKG_ERROR_CLASSES. The error handler is meant to be invoked within
# a make target.
#
.for _class_ in ${PKG_ERROR_CLASSES}
PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.${_class_}?= { \
ec=$$?; \
for str in ${PKG_ERROR_MSG.${_class_}}; do \
Use PHASE_MSG, STEP_MSG, WARNING_MSG, and ERROR_MSG in place of ECHO_MSG in various places.
2006-06-06 00:49:44 +02:00
${PHASE_MSG} "$$str"; \
Allow the creation of error handlers for shell commands in make targets. PKG_ERROR_CLASSES is a list of error handlers, PKG_ERROR_HANDLER.<class>, to create. The default error handler will rethrow the exit code after emitting an error message that may be specified per-class with PKG_ERROR_MSG.<class>. Create error messages for the configure and build phases that inform the user of places to go looking for why the build didn't complete.
2005-01-10 19:34:48 +01:00
done; \
exit $$ec; \
}
.endfor
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
Rename MAKE_VARS to MAKEVARS so that it more closely resembles "MAKEFLAGS". Both "MAKEVARS" and "MAKEFLAGS" affect the package-level make process, not the software's own make process.
2005-05-12 00:08:18 +02:00
# Cache variables listed in MAKEVARS in a phase-specific "makevars.mk"
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
# file. These variables are effectively passed to sub-make processes
# that are invoked on the same Makefile.
#
.for _phase_ in ${ALL_PHASES}
Rename MAKE_VARS to MAKEVARS so that it more closely resembles "MAKEFLAGS". Both "MAKEVARS" and "MAKEFLAGS" affect the package-level make process, not the software's own make process.
2005-05-12 00:08:18 +02:00
${_MAKEVARS_MK.${_phase_}}: ${WRKDIR}
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${RM} -f ${.TARGET}.tmp
Refactor "fetch" and "extract" code into correspondingly named subdirectories of pkgsrc/mk. Move the following files around for locality: pkgsrc/mk/scripts/extract -> pkgsrc/mk/extract/extract pkgsrc/mk/bsd.sites.mk -> pkgsrc/mk/fetch/sites.mk Also get rid of the recursive make for the "fetch" and "extract" targets. This basically merges the "fetch" and "extract" phases into the "patch" phase. There is still much more work to do to simplify the fetch code, but this is a good start.
2006-06-06 05:05:48 +02:00
. for _var_ in ${MAKEVARS:O:u}
. if defined(${_var_})
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${ECHO} ${_var_}"= "${${_var_}:Q} >> ${.TARGET}.tmp
Refactor "fetch" and "extract" code into correspondingly named subdirectories of pkgsrc/mk. Move the following files around for locality: pkgsrc/mk/scripts/extract -> pkgsrc/mk/extract/extract pkgsrc/mk/bsd.sites.mk -> pkgsrc/mk/fetch/sites.mk Also get rid of the recursive make for the "fetch" and "extract" targets. This basically merges the "fetch" and "extract" phases into the "patch" phase. There is still much more work to do to simplify the fetch code, but this is a good start.
2006-06-06 05:05:48 +02:00
. endif
. endfor
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
if ${TEST} -f ${.TARGET}.tmp; then \
Rename MAKE_VARS to MAKEVARS so that it more closely resembles "MAKEFLAGS". Both "MAKEVARS" and "MAKEFLAGS" affect the package-level make process, not the software's own make process.
2005-05-12 00:08:18 +02:00
( ${ECHO} ".if !defined(_MAKEVARS_MK)"; \
${ECHO} "_MAKEVARS_MK= defined"; \
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
${ECHO} ""; \
${CAT} ${.TARGET}.tmp; \
${ECHO} ""; \
Rename MAKE_VARS to MAKEVARS so that it more closely resembles "MAKEFLAGS". Both "MAKEVARS" and "MAKEFLAGS" affect the package-level make process, not the software's own make process.
2005-05-12 00:08:18 +02:00
${ECHO} ".endif # _MAKEVARS_MK"; \
Teach bsd.pkg.mk to create a phase-specific "makevars.mk" file that caches variable definitions that were computed by make. These variables are specified by listing them in MAKE_VARS, e.g., .if !defined(FOO) FOO!= very_time_consuming_command .endif MAKE_VARS+= FOO bsd.pkg.mk will include only the one generated during the most recent phase. A particular phase's makevars.mk file consists of variable definitions that are a superset of all of the ones produced in previous phases of the build. The caching is useful because bsd.pkg.mk invokes make recursively, which in the example above has the potential to run the very time-consuming command each time unless we cause FOO to be defined for the sub-make processes. We don't cache via MAKE_FLAGS because MAKE_FLAGS isn't consistently applied to every invocation of make, and also because MAKE_FLAGS can overflow the maximum length of a make variable very quickly if we add many values to it. One important and desirable property of variables cached via MAKE_VARS is that they only apply to the current package, and not to any dependencies whose builds may have been triggered by the current package. The makevars.mk files are generated by new targets fetch-vars, extract-vars, patch-vars, etc., and these targets are built during the corresponding real-* target to ensure that they are being invoked with PKG_PHASE set to the proper value. Also, remove the variables cache file that bsd.wrapper.mk was generating since the new makevars.mk files provide the same functionality at a higher level. Change all WRAPPER_VARS definitions that were used by the old wrapper-phase cache file into MAKE_VARS definitions.
2005-05-09 07:06:55 +02:00
) > ${.TARGET}; \
${RM} -f ${.TARGET}.tmp; \
fi
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG}${TOUCH} ${TOUCH_FLAGS} ${.TARGET}
.endfor
.undef _phase_
Added the show-tools target, which emits a shell code fragment defining all tools known to the pkgsrc infrastructure.
2005-05-18 04:52:38 +02:00
# show-tools emits a /bin/sh shell script that defines all known tools
# to the values they have in the pkgsrc infrastructure.
#
# Don't move this code away from here unless you know what you're doing.
#
.PHONY: show-tools
show-tools:
.for _t_ in ${_USE_TOOLS}
. if defined(_TOOLS_VARNAME.${_t_})
Fixed the output of show-tools.
2005-05-26 13:15:30 +02:00
@${ECHO} ${_TOOLS_VARNAME.${_t_}:Q}=${${_TOOLS_VARNAME.${_t_}}:Q:Q}
Added the show-tools target, which emits a shell code fragment defining all tools known to the pkgsrc infrastructure.
2005-05-18 04:52:38 +02:00
. endif
.endfor
Add changes-entry target, which adds an entry for the current package into pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES. The type of the entry depends on what CTYPE is set to, which defaults to "Updated". Other possible values are "Added", "Renamed", "Moved", and "Removed". An example usage would be: cd /usr/pkgsrc/category/package make changes-entry CTYPE=Added after you added a new package, and similar for the others. If NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME is not set in /etc/mk.conf, it defaults to your local login name.
2005-06-09 00:44:08 +02:00
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
# changes-entry appends a correctly-formatted entry to the pkgsrc
# CHANGES file.
Add a documentation block above the changes-entry target.
2005-06-09 18:08:27 +02:00
#
# The following variables may be set:
#
# CTYPE is the type of entry to add and is one of "Added", "Updated",
# "Renamed", "Moved", of "Removed". The default CTYPE is "Updated".
#
# NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME is the login name assigned by the NetBSD Project.
# It defaults to the local login name.
#
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
# PKGSRC_CHANGES is the path to the CHANGES file to which the entry
# is appended. It defaults to ${PKGSRCDIR}/doc/CHANGES.
#
Add a documentation block above the changes-entry target.
2005-06-09 18:08:27 +02:00
# Example usage:
#
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
# % cd /usr/pkgsrc/category/package
# % make changes-entry CTYPE=Added
Add a documentation block above the changes-entry target.
2005-06-09 18:08:27 +02:00
#
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
CTYPE?= Updated
NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME?= ${_NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME_cmd:sh}
Rename the CHANGES file to CHANGES-2006. From now on, the changes for each year will accumulate in CHANGES-YYYY.
2006-04-18 02:25:04 +02:00
PKGSRC_CHANGES?= ${PKGSRCDIR}/doc/CHANGES-${_CYEAR_cmd:sh}
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
Rename the CHANGES file to CHANGES-2006. From now on, the changes for each year will accumulate in CHANGES-YYYY.
2006-04-18 02:25:04 +02:00
_CYEAR_cmd= ${DATE} -u +%Y
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
_CDATE_cmd= ${DATE} -u +%Y-%m-%d
_NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME_cmd= ${ID} -nu
_CTYPE1= " "${CTYPE:Q}" "${PKGPATH:Q}
Add changes-entry target, which adds an entry for the current package into pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES. The type of the entry depends on what CTYPE is set to, which defaults to "Updated". Other possible values are "Added", "Renamed", "Moved", and "Removed". An example usage would be: cd /usr/pkgsrc/category/package make changes-entry CTYPE=Added after you added a new package, and similar for the others. If NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME is not set in /etc/mk.conf, it defaults to your local login name.
2005-06-09 00:44:08 +02:00
.if !empty(CTYPE:MUpdated)
_CTYPE2= " to "${PKGVERSION:Q}
.elif !empty(CTYPE:MAdded)
_CTYPE2= " version "${PKGVERSION:Q}
.elif !empty(CTYPE:MRenamed) || !empty(CTYPE:MMoved)
_CTYPE2= " to XXX"
.else
_CTYPE2=
.endif
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
_CTYPE3= " ["${NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME:Q}" "${_CDATE_cmd:sh:Q}"]"
Add changes-entry target, which adds an entry for the current package into pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES. The type of the entry depends on what CTYPE is set to, which defaults to "Updated". Other possible values are "Added", "Renamed", "Moved", and "Removed". An example usage would be: cd /usr/pkgsrc/category/package make changes-entry CTYPE=Added after you added a new package, and similar for the others. If NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME is not set in /etc/mk.conf, it defaults to your local login name.
2005-06-09 00:44:08 +02:00
.PHONY: changes-entry
changes-entry:
General improvements to the changes-entry target: * Improve the documentation. * Avoid running commands during Makefile processing by using the :sh modifier instead of defining variables using != * Add a new variable PKGSRC_CHANGES that holds the path to the CHANGES file to be modified. * Use ${ID} and ${DATE}, which are provided by the tools framework and avoid PATH issues.
2005-06-09 18:26:23 +02:00
${_PKG_SILENT}${_PKG_DEBUG} \
${ECHO} ${_CTYPE1}${_CTYPE2}${_CTYPE3} >> ${PKGSRC_CHANGES:Q}
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink